Category: Ukraine

  • MIL-OSI: QCR Holdings, Inc. Announces Net Income of $29.0 Million for the Second Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net income of $29.0 million, or $1.71 per diluted share
    • Adjusted net income1of $29.4 million, or $1.73 per diluted share
    • NIM TEY1expanded four basis points to 3.46%
    • Adjusted ROAA1of 1.29% annualized
    • Capital markets revenue growth of 51% on a linked-quarter basis
    • Nonperforming assets declined $5.5 million, or 11%
    • Tangible book value per share1grew $1.64, or 13% annualized
    • TCE/TA ratio1improved 22 basis points to 9.92%

    MOLINE, Ill., July 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — QCR Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: QCRH) (the “Company”) today announced quarterly net income of $29.0 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $1.71 for the second quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $25.8 million and diluted EPS of $1.52 for the first quarter of 2025.

    Adjusted net income1 and adjusted diluted EPS1 for the second quarter of 2025 were $29.4 million and $1.73, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $26.0 million and $1.53, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025 and $29.3 million, and $1.73 respectively for the second quarter of 2024.

      For the Quarter Ended    
      June 30, March 31, June 30,    
    $ in millions (except per share data)  2025  2025  2024    
    Net Income $ 29.0 $ 25.8 $ 29.1    
    Diluted EPS $ 1.71 $ 1.52 $ 1.72    
    Adjusted Net Income1 $ 29.4 $ 26.0 $ 29.3    
    Adjusted Diluted EPS1 $ 1.73 $ 1.53 $ 1.73    

    “We delivered strong second quarter results highlighted by a significant increase in net interest income from the previous quarter, driven by both net interest margin expansion and strong loan growth, as well as improved capital markets revenue, and disciplined noninterest expense management,” said Todd Gipple, President and Chief Executive Officer. “These robust results led to continued capital accretion and a substantial increase in tangible book value per share1.”

    Significant Net Interest Income Growth as Margin Expansion Continues

    Net interest income for the second quarter of 2025 totaled $62.1 million, an increase of $2.1 million, or 14% annualized, from the first quarter of 2025, driven by strong earning asset growth, expanded yield on loans and investments, and lower cost of funds.   Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.97% and NIM on a tax-equivalent yield (“TEY”) basis1 was 3.46% for the second quarter, as compared to 2.95% and 3.42% for the prior quarter, respectively.

    “Our NIM TEY1 increased four basis points from the first quarter of 2025, which was at the top of our guidance range,” said Nick Anderson, Chief Financial Officer. “Looking ahead, we anticipate continued margin expansion and are guiding to an increase in third quarter NIM TEY1 in a range from static to an increase of four basis points, assuming no Federal Reserve rate cuts,” added Mr. Anderson.

    Improving Noninterest Income Driven by Capital Markets Revenue

    Noninterest income for the second quarter of 2025 was $22.1 million, up from $16.9 million in the first quarter of 2025. The Company generated $9.9 million of capital markets revenue in the second quarter of 2025 compared to $6.5 million in the prior quarter. Wealth management revenue totaled $4.6 million, representing a slight decline from the first quarter of 2025. However, it increased $332 thousand or 8% compared to the second quarter of 2024 and rose 23% year-to-date on an annualized basis compared to the same period in 2024.

    “During the second quarter of 2025 we saw improved low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) lending activity compared to the first quarter as clients adjusted to the current environment. This increased activity drove 51% growth in our capital markets revenue. The sustained, long-term demand for affordable housing continues to support our LIHTC lending and related capital markets revenue. Our pipeline continues to improve as clients adapt to the evolving market conditions,” said Mr. Gipple.

    “Given the strengthened pipeline, we are reaffirming our guidance for Capital Markets revenue to be in a range of $50 to $60 million for the next four quarters.  In addition, we are also providing guidance over a shorter horizon and expect capital markets revenue for the third quarter to be fully back to a more normalized level and in a range of $13 to $16 million for the quarter,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Disciplined Noninterest Expense Management

    Noninterest expense for the second quarter of 2025 totaled $49.6 million compared to $46.5 million for the first quarter of 2025 and $49.9 million for the second quarter of 2024. The $3.1 million linked-quarter increase was primarily due to higher capital markets revenue and strong loan growth resulting in an improved return on average assets which drove higher variable compensation. Professional and data processing expenses also increased and were related to the Company’s digital transformation.   

    “While expenses increased compared to the first quarter, we held noninterest expense under the low end of our guidance range of $50 to $53 million, highlighting our expense flexibility,” said Mr. Anderson. “Noninterest expense remains well managed, down 9% year to date on an annualized basis compared to the same period in 2024. The Company’s efficiency ratio1 was 58.9% in the second quarter. For the third quarter of 2025, we expect noninterest expense to be in the range of $52 to $55, million which includes certain costs associated with our digital transformation and assumes both capital markets revenue and loan growth are within our guidance range,” added Mr. Anderson.

    Strong Loan Growth

    In the second quarter of 2025, the Company’s total loans and leases held for investment grew by $102.6 million, to $6.9 billion. “Loan growth was 8% annualized when adding back the impact from the planned runoff of m2 Equipment Finance loans and leases. Second quarter loan growth was driven by both our LIHTC and traditional lending businesses. Our pipeline is strong, and we anticipate loan demand to increase as clients continue to adapt to current market conditions,” stated Mr. Gipple. “We continue to be optimistic about solid loan growth for the remainder of the year and are guiding to gross loan growth in a range of 8% to 10% in the second half of the year,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Maintaining Core Deposit Strength

    Following the robust deposit growth of $276.2 million, or 16% annualized, in the first quarter of 2025, the majority of those balances were retained throughout the second quarter. Total deposits declined slightly by $19.0 million, or 1% annualized from the first quarter, while average deposit balances increased $72.0 million. Year-to-date, core deposits have increased by $311 million, or 9% annualized.

    Asset Quality Remains Excellent

    The nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to total assets ratio was 0.46% as of June 30, 2025, down seven basis points from the prior quarter. NPAs totaled $42.7 million at the end of the second quarter of 2025, a $5.5 million, or 11% decrease from the prior quarter.

    Total criticized loans increased by $9.3 million on a linked-quarter basis. The ratio of criticized loans to total loans and leases as of June 30, 2025, increased to 2.16% as compared to 2.06% as of March 31, 2025. Despite the 10 basis point increase, the criticized loan ratio remains well below the Company’s long-term historical average.

    The Company recorded a total provision for credit losses of $4.0 million during the quarter, which was down slightly from $4.2 million in the prior quarter. Net charge-offs were $6.3 million during the second quarter of 2025, an increase of $2.1 million from the prior quarter primarily due to the charge-off of loans that had previously been fully reserved. The allowance for credit losses to total loans held for investment was 1.28% for the second quarter.

    Strong Tangible Book Value and Regulatory Capital Growth

    The Company’s tangible book value per share1 increased by $1.64, or 13% annualized, during the second quarter of 2025 due to the combination of strong earnings and a modest dividend.

    As of June 30, 2025, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (“TCE”)1 increased 22 basis points to 9.92%. The improvement in TCE1 was driven by strong earnings during the quarter. The total risk-based capital ratio increased to 14.26% and the common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.43% due to solid earnings growth during the quarter. By comparison, these ratios were 9.70%, 14.18%, and 10.27%, respectively, as of March 31, 2025. The Company remains focused on growing its regulatory capital.

    Conference Call Details
    The Company will host an earnings call/webcast tomorrow, July 24, 2025, at 10:00 a.m. Central Time. Dial-in information for the call is toll-free: 888-346-9286 (international 412-317-5253). Participants should request to join the QCR Holdings, Inc. call. The event will be available for replay through July 31, 2025. The replay access information is 877-344-7529 (international 412-317-0088); access code 8414968. A webcast of the teleconference can be accessed on the Company’s News and Events page at www.qcrh.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available at the same location shortly after the live event has ended.

    About Us
    QCR Holdings, Inc., headquartered in Moline, Illinois, is a relationship-driven, multi-bank holding company serving the Quad Cities, Cedar Rapids, Cedar Valley, Des Moines/Ankeny and Springfield communities through its wholly owned subsidiary banks. The banks provide full-service commercial and consumer banking and trust and wealth management services. Quad City Bank & Trust Company, based in Bettendorf, Iowa, commenced operations in 1994, Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company, based in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, commenced operations in 2001, Community State Bank, based in Ankeny, Iowa, was acquired by the Company in 2016, and Guaranty Bank, based in Springfield, Missouri, was acquired by the Company in 2018. Additionally, the Company serves the Waterloo/Cedar Falls, Iowa community through Community Bank & Trust, a division of Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company. The Company has 36 locations in Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $9.2 billion in assets, $6.9 billion in loans and $7.3 billion in deposits. For additional information, please visit the Company’s website at www.qcrh.com.

    Endnotes

    1Adjusted non-GAAP measurements of financial performance exclude non-core and/or nonrecurring income and expense items that management believes are not reflective of the anticipated future operation of the Company’s business. The Company believes these adjusted measurements provide a better comparison for analysis and may provide a better indicator of future performance. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.

    Special Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements. This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “bode”, “predict,” “suggest,” “project”, “appear,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” ”annualize,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “likely,” “might,” “potential,” “continue,” “annualized,” “target,” “outlook,” as well as the negative forms of those words, or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.
            
    A number of factors, many of which are beyond the ability of the Company to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the strength of the local, state, national and international economies and financial markets, including effects of inflationary pressures, the threat or implementation of tariffs, trade wars and changes to immigration policy; (ii) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state and federal laws, regulations and governmental policies (including those concerning the Company’s general business); (iii) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats and attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, acts of war or threats thereof (including the Russian invasion of Ukraine and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), or other adverse events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets, and the response of the local, state and national governments to any such adverse external events; (iv) new or revised accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies, the FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the PCAOB; (v) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by the Company’s commercial borrowers; (vi) increased competition in the financial services sector, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions, fintech companies, and digital asset service providers and the inability to attract new customers; (vii) rapid technological changes implemented by us and our third-party vendors, including the development and implementation of tools incorporating artificial intelligence; (viii) unexpected results of acquisitions, including failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (ix) the loss of key executives and employees, talent shortages and employee turnover; (x) changes in consumer spending; (xi) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation or other legal proceedings and regulatory actions involving the Company; (xii) the economic impact on the Company and its customers of climate change, natural disasters and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, floods and blizzards; (xiii) fluctuations in the value of securities held in our securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (xiv) credit risk and risks from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral and industry) within our loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including CRE loans); (xv) the overall health of the local and national real estate market; (xvi) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (xvii) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and who may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (xviii) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of funds; (xix) the level of non-performing assets on our balance sheet; (xx) interruptions involving our information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (xxi) the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our third-party vendors’ information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools or as a result of insider fraud; (xxii) changes in the interest rates and repayment rates of the Company’s assets; (xxiii) the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management framework, and (xxiv) the ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning the Company and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect the Company’s financial results, is included in the Company’s filings with the SEC.

    Contact:
    Nick W. Anderson                        
    Chief Financial Officer                        
    (309) 743-7707 
    nanderson@qcrh.com 

    QCR Holdings, Inc.    
    Consolidated Financial Highlights    
    (Unaudited)    
                     
        As of    
        June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30,    
          2025     2025     2024     2024     2024      
                     
        (dollars in thousands)    
                     
      CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET              
                     
      Cash and due from banks $         104,769   $           98,994   $           91,732   $         103,840   $           92,173      
      Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits             145,704               225,716               170,592               159,159               102,262      
      Securities, net of allowance for credit losses          1,263,452            1,220,717            1,200,435            1,146,046            1,033,199      
      Loans receivable held for sale (1)                1,162                  2,025                  2,143               167,047               246,124      
      Loans/leases receivable held for investment          6,923,762            6,821,142            6,782,261            6,661,755            6,608,262      
      Allowance for credit losses              (88,732 )              (90,354 )              (89,841 )              (86,321 )              (87,706 )    
      Intangibles                9,738                 10,400                 11,061                 11,751                 12,441      
      Goodwill             138,595               138,595               138,595               138,596               139,027      
      Derivatives             184,982               180,997               186,781               261,913               194,354      
      Other assets             558,899               544,547               532,271               524,779               531,855      
      Total assets $      9,242,331   $      9,152,779   $      9,026,030   $      9,088,565   $      8,871,991      
                     
      Total deposits $      7,318,353   $      7,337,390   $      7,061,187   $      6,984,633   $      6,764,667      
      Total borrowings          509,359            429,921            569,532            660,344            768,671      
      Derivatives          209,505            206,925            214,823            285,769            221,798      
      Other liabilities             154,560               155,796               183,101               181,199               180,536      
      Total stockholders’ equity          1,050,554            1,022,747               997,387               976,620               936,319      
      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $      9,242,331   $      9,152,779   $      9,026,030   $      9,088,565   $      8,871,991      
                     
      ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO              
      Loan/lease mix: (2)              
      Commercial and industrial – revolving $         380,029   $         388,479   $         387,991   $         387,409   $         362,115      
      Commercial and industrial – other          1,180,859            1,231,198            1,295,961            1,321,053            1,370,561      
      Commercial and industrial – other – LIHTC             194,830               212,921               218,971                 89,028                 92,637      
      Total commercial and industrial          1,755,718            1,832,598            1,902,923            1,797,490            1,825,313      
      Commercial real estate, owner occupied             593,675               599,488               605,993               622,072               633,596      
      Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied          1,036,049            1,040,281            1,077,852            1,103,694            1,082,457      
      Construction and land development             454,022               403,001               395,557               342,335               331,454      
      Construction and land development – LIHTC          1,075,000            1,016,207               917,986               913,841               750,894      
      Multi-family             301,432               289,782               303,662               324,090               329,239      
      Multi-family – LIHTC             950,331               888,517               828,448               973,682            1,148,244      
      Direct financing leases               12,880                 14,773                 17,076                 19,241                 25,808      
      1-4 family real estate             592,253               592,127               588,179               587,512               583,542      
      Consumer             153,564               146,393               146,728               144,845               143,839      
      Total loans/leases $      6,924,924   $      6,823,167   $      6,784,404   $      6,828,802   $      6,854,386      
      Less allowance for credit losses               88,732                 90,354                 89,841                 86,321                 87,706      
      Net loans/leases $      6,836,192   $      6,732,813   $      6,694,563   $      6,742,481   $      6,766,680      
                     
                     
      ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO              
      Securities mix:              
      U.S. government sponsored agency securities $           14,267   $           17,487   $           20,591   $           18,621   $           20,101      
      Municipal securities          1,033,642            1,003,985               971,567               965,810               885,046      
      Residential mortgage-backed and related securities               58,864                 43,194                 50,042                 53,488                 54,708      
      Asset backed securities                6,684                  7,764                  9,224                 10,455                 12,721      
      Other securities               67,358                 66,105                 65,745                 39,190                 38,464      
      Trading securities (3)               82,900                 82,445                 83,529                 58,685                 22,362      
      Total securities $      1,263,715   $      1,220,980   $      1,200,698   $      1,146,249   $      1,033,402      
      Less allowance for credit losses                   263                     263                     263                     203                     203      
      Net securities $      1,263,452   $      1,220,717   $      1,200,435   $      1,146,046   $      1,033,199      
                     
      ANALYSIS OF DEPOSITS              
      Deposit mix:              
      Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $         952,032   $         963,851   $         921,160   $         969,348   $         956,445      
      Interest-bearing demand deposits          5,087,783            5,119,601            4,828,216            4,715,087            4,644,918      
      Time deposits             974,341               951,606               953,496               942,847               859,593      
      Brokered deposits             304,197               302,332               358,315               357,351               303,711      
      Total deposits $      7,318,353   $      7,337,390   $      7,061,187   $      6,984,633   $      6,764,667      
                     
      ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS              
      Borrowings mix:              
      Term FHLB advances $         145,383   $         145,383   $         145,383   $         145,383   $         135,000      
      Overnight FHLB advances                80,000                         –               140,000               230,000               350,000      
      Other short-term borrowings                1,350                  2,050                  1,800                  2,750                  1,600      
      Subordinated notes             233,701               233,595               233,489               233,383               233,276      
      Junior subordinated debentures               48,925                 48,893                 48,860                 48,828                 48,795      
      Total borrowings $         509,359   $         429,921   $         569,532   $         660,344   $         768,671      
                     
    (1) Loans with a fair value of $0 million, $0 million, $0 million, $165.9 million and $243.2 million have been identified for securitization and are included in LHFS at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively.
       
    (2) Loan categories with significant LIHTC loan balances have been broken out separately.  Total LIHTC balances within the loan/lease portfolio were $2.3 billion at June 30, 2025.    
    (3) Trading securities consisted of retained beneficial interests acquired in conjunction with Freddie Mac securitizations completed by the Company.    
       
    QCR Holdings, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                   
          For the Quarter Ended
          June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30,
           2025   2025     2024     2024    2024
                   
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                   
    INCOME STATEMENT            
    Interest income   $             120,247 $             116,673   $             121,642   $             125,420   $             119,746
    Interest expense                    58,165                  56,687                    60,438                    65,698                    63,583
    Net interest income                     62,082                  59,986                    61,204                    59,722                    56,163
    Provision for credit losses                      4,043                    4,234                      5,149                      3,484                      5,496
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   $              58,039 $              55,752   $              56,055   $              56,238   $              50,667
                   
                   
    Trust fees (1)   $                3,395 $                3,686   $                3,456   $                3,270   $                3,103
    Investment advisory and management fees (1)                      1,254                    1,254                      1,320                      1,229                      1,214
    Deposit service fees                      2,187                    2,183                      2,228                      2,294                      1,986
    Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net                         556                       297                         734                         385                         540
    Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net                          40                        61                          49                           –                             12
    Capital markets revenue                      9,869                    6,516                    20,552                    16,290                    17,758
    Earnings on bank-owned life insurance                         998                       524                         797                         814                      2,964
    Debit card fees                      1,648                    1,488                      1,555                      1,575                      1,571
    Correspondent banking fees                         699                       614                         560                         507                         510
    Loan related fee income                      1,096                       898                         950                         949                         962
    Fair value gain (loss) on derivatives and trading securities                         230                   (1,007 )                   (1,781 )                      (886 )                        51
    Other                          143                       378                         205                         730                         218
    Total noninterest income   $              22,115 $              16,892   $              30,625   $              27,157   $              30,889
                   
                   
    Salaries and employee benefits   $              28,474 $              27,364   $              33,610   $              31,637   $              31,079
    Occupancy and equipment expense                      6,837                    6,455                      6,354                      6,168                      6,377
    Professional and data processing fees                      6,089                    5,144                      5,480                      4,457                      4,823
    Restructuring expense                           –                            –                              –                         1,954                           –   
    FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees                      1,960                    1,970                      1,934                      1,711                      1,854
    Loan/lease expense                         407                       381                         513                         587                         151
    Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate                          50                         (9 )                        23                         (42 )                        28
    Advertising and marketing                      1,746                    1,613                      1,886                      2,124                      1,565
    Communication and data connectivity                         274                       290                         345                         333                         318
    Supplies                           252                       207                         252                         278                         259
    Bank service charges                         720                       596                         635                         603                         622
    Correspondent banking expense                         314                       329                         328                         325                         363
    Intangibles amortization                         661                       661                         691                         690                         690
    Goodwill impairment                           –                            –                              –                            431                           –   
    Payment card processing                         547                       594                         516                         785                         706
    Trust expense                         413                       357                         381                         395                         379
    Other                          839                       587                         551                      1,129                         674
    Total noninterest expense   $              49,583 $              46,539   $              53,499   $              53,565   $              49,888
                   
    Net income before income taxes   $              30,571 $              26,105   $              33,181   $              29,830   $              31,668
    Federal and state income tax expense                      1,552                       308                      2,956                      2,045                      2,554
    Net income     $              29,019 $              25,797   $              30,225   $              27,785   $              29,114
                   
    Basic EPS   $                  1.71 $                  1.53   $                  1.80   $                  1.65   $                  1.73
    Diluted EPS   $                  1.71 $                  1.52   $                  1.77   $                  1.64   $                  1.72
                   
                   
    Weighted average common shares outstanding              16,928,542            16,900,785              16,871,652              16,846,200              16,814,814
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding              17,006,282            17,013,992              17,024,481              16,982,400              16,921,854
                   
    (1) Trust fees and investment advisory and management fees when combined are referred to as wealth management revenue.          
       
    QCR Holdings, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
               
          For the Six Months Ended
          June 30,   June 30,
            2025       2024  
               
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
               
    INCOME STATEMENT        
    Interest income   $             236,920     $             234,795  
    Interest expense                  114,852                    123,933  
    Net interest income                   122,068                    110,862  
    Provision for credit losses                      8,277                        8,465  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   $             113,791     $             102,397  
               
               
    Trust fees     $                7,081     $                6,302  
    Investment advisory and management fees                      2,508                        2,315  
    Deposit service fees                      4,370                        4,008  
    Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net                         853                           922  
    Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net                         101                            36  
    Capital markets revenue                    16,385                      34,215  
    Earnings on bank-owned life insurance                      1,522                        3,832  
    Debit card fees                      3,136                        3,037  
    Correspondent banking fees                      1,313                        1,022  
    Loan related fee income                      1,994                        1,798  
    Fair value loss on derivatives and trading securities                        (777 )                        (112 )
    Other                          521                           372  
    Total noninterest income   $              39,007     $              57,747  
               
               
    Salaries and employee benefits   $              55,838     $              62,939  
    Occupancy and equipment expense                    13,292                      12,891  
    Professional and data processing fees                    11,233                        9,436  
    FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees                      3,930                        3,799  
    Loan/lease expense                         788                           529  
    Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate                        41                             (2 )
    Advertising and marketing                      3,359                        3,048  
    Communication and data connectivity                         564                           719  
    Supplies                          459                           534  
    Bank service charges                      1,316                        1,190  
    Correspondent banking expense                         643                           668  
    Intangibles amortization                      1,322                        1,380  
    Payment card processing                      1,141                        1,352  
    Trust expense                         770                           804  
    Other                       1,426                        1,291  
    Total noninterest expense   $              96,122     $             100,578  
               
    Net income before income taxes   $              56,676     $              59,566  
    Federal and state income tax expense                      1,860                        3,726  
    Net income    $              54,816     $              55,840  
               
    Basic EPS   $                  3.24     $                  3.32  
    Diluted EPS   $                  3.22     $                  3.30  
               
               
    Weighted average common shares outstanding              16,914,663                16,799,081  
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding              17,010,136                16,916,264  
                     
    QCR Holdings, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                       
        As of and for the Quarter Ended   For the Six Months Ended
        June 30,  March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30,   June 30, June 30, 
          2025     2025     2024     2024     2024       2025     2024  
                       
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                       
      COMMON SHARE DATA                
      Common shares outstanding         16,934,698          16,920,363          16,882,045          16,861,108          16,824,985        
      Book value per common share (1) $             62.04   $             60.44   $             59.08   $             57.92   $             55.65        
      Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) (2) $             53.28   $             51.64   $             50.21   $             49.00   $             46.65        
      Closing stock price $             67.90   $             71.32   $             80.64   $             74.03   $             60.00        
      Market capitalization $      1,149,866   $      1,206,760   $      1,361,368   $      1,248,228   $      1,009,499        
      Market price / book value   109.45 %   117.99 %   136.49 %   127.81 %   107.82 %      
      Market price / tangible book value   127.45 %   138.11 %   160.59 %   151.07 %   128.62 %      
      Earnings per common share (basic) LTM (3) $              6.69   $              6.71   $              6.77   $              6.93   $              6.78        
      Price earnings ratio LTM (3)  10.15 x   10.63 x   11.91 x   10.68 x   8.85 x       
      TCE / TA (Non-GAAP) (4)   9.92 %   9.70 %   9.55 %   9.24 %   9.00 %      
                       
                       
      CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
      Beginning balance $      1,022,747   $         997,387   $         976,620   $         936,319   $         907,342        
      Net income               29,019                 25,797                 30,225                 27,785                 29,114        
      Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax               (1,671 )                   404                 (9,628 )               12,057                    (368 )      
      Common stock cash dividends declared               (1,016 )               (1,015 )               (1,013 )               (1,012 )               (1,008 )      
      Other (5)                1,475                     174                  1,183                  1,471                  1,239        
      Ending balance $      1,050,554   $      1,022,747   $         997,387   $         976,620   $         936,319        
                       
                       
      REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS (6):                
      Total risk-based capital ratio   14.26 %   14.18 %   14.10 %   13.87 %   14.21 %      
      Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   10.96 %   10.81 %   10.57 %   10.33 %   10.49 %      
      Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.22 %   11.06 %   10.73 %   10.50 %   10.40 %      
      Common equity tier 1 ratio   10.43 %   10.27 %   10.03 %   9.79 %   9.92 %      
                       
                       
      KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS                 
      Return on average assets (annualized)   1.27 %   1.14 %   1.34 %   1.24 %   1.33 %     1.21 %   1.30 %
      Return on average total equity (annualized)   11.15 %   10.14 %   12.15 %   11.55 %   12.63 %     10.65 %   12.32 %
      Net interest margin   2.97 %   2.95 %   2.95 %   2.90 %   2.82 %     2.95 %   2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)(7)   3.46 %   3.42 %   3.43 %   3.37 %   3.27 %     3.45 %   3.26 %
      Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) (8)   58.89 %   60.54 %   58.26 %   61.65 %   57.31 %     59.68 %   59.65 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total assets    74.91 %   74.53 %   75.14 %   73.30 %   74.48 %     74.91 %   74.48 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total deposits    94.61 %   92.96 %   96.05 %   95.38 %   97.69 %     94.61 %   97.69 %
      Effective tax rate   5.08 %   1.18 %   8.91 %   6.86 %   8.06 %     3.28 %   6.26 %
      Full-time equivalent employees (9)                1,001                     972                     980                     976                     988                     1,001                      988  
                       
                       
      AVERAGE BALANCES                 
      Assets $      9,155,473   $      9,015,439   $      9,050,280   $      8,968,653   $      8,776,002     $       9,085,843   $       8,663,429  
      Loans/leases          6,881,731            6,790,312            6,839,153            6,840,527            6,779,075               6,836,274             6,688,844  
      Deposits          7,218,540            7,146,286            7,109,567            6,858,196            6,687,188               7,182,612             6,641,324  
      Total stockholders’ equity          1,041,428            1,017,487               995,012               962,302               921,986               1,029,524                912,679  
                       
    (1 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). 
    (2 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and excludes intangible assets.  See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.   
    (3 ) LTM : Last twelve months.        
    (4 ) TCE / TCA : tangible common equity / total tangible assets.  See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.     
    (5 ) Includes mostly common stock issued for options exercised and the employee stock purchase plan, as well as stock-based compensation.     
    (6 ) (6) Ratios for the current quarter are subject to change upon final calculation for regulatory filings due after earnings release.    
    (7 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield.  See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.       
    (8 ) See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.        
    (9 ) The increase in full-time equivalent employees in the second quarter of 2025 includes 21 summer interns.     
         
    QCR Holdings, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                               
      ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN                  
                               
          For the Quarter Ended
          June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
           Average
    Balance 
     Interest
    Earned or
    Paid 
     Average
    Yield or Cost 
       Average
    Balance 
     Interest
    Earned or
    Paid 
     Average
    Yield or Cost 
       Average
    Balance 
     Interest
    Earned or
    Paid 
     Average
    Yield or Cost 
                               
          (dollars in thousands)
                               
      Fed funds sold   $        14,285 $             159 4.40 %   $          9,009 $              99 4.40 %   $        13,065 $           183 5.54 %
      Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions          151,898              1,634 4.31 %            166,897              1,804 4.38 %              80,998            1,139 5.66 %
      Investment securities – taxable          401,657              4,805 4.79 %            400,779              4,588 4.59 %            377,747            4,286 4.53 %
      Investment securities – nontaxable (1)          893,753             12,872 5.76 %            843,476            11,722 5.57 %            704,761            9,462 5.37 %
      Restricted investment securities            34,037                 622 7.23 %              30,562                534 6.99 %              43,398               869 7.92 %
      Loans (1)         6,881,731           110,245 6.43 %         6,790,312          107,439 6.42 %         6,779,075         112,719 6.69 %
      Total earning assets (1) $    8,377,361 $       130,337 6.24 %   $    8,241,035 $      126,186 6.20 %   $    7,999,044 $     128,658 6.46 %
                               
      Interest-bearing deposits $    5,080,367 $         38,604 3.05 %   $    5,005,853 $        37,698 3.05 %   $    4,649,625 $       40,924 3.54 %
      Time deposits         1,193,035             12,409 4.17 %         1,204,593            12,690 4.27 %         1,091,870           12,128 4.47 %
      Short-term borrowings              1,420                   15 4.23 %                1,839                  18 3.97 %                1,622                 21 5.18 %
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances           250,603              2,853 4.50 %            177,883              1,996 4.49 %            464,231            6,238 5.32 %
      Subordinated debentures          233,631              3,599 6.16 %            233,525              3,601 6.17 %            233,207            3,582 6.14 %
      Junior subordinated debentures            48,904                 685 5.54 %              48,871                684 5.60 %              48,774               688 5.58 %
      Total interest-bearing liabilities $    6,807,960 $         58,165 3.42 %   $    6,672,564 $        56,687 3.44 %   $    6,489,329 $       63,581 3.93 %
                               
      Net interest income (1)   $         72,172       $        69,499       $       65,077  
      Net interest margin (2)     2.97 %       2.95 %       2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.46 %       3.42 %       3.27 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.45 %       3.41 %       3.26 %
      Cost of funds (4)       3.01 %       3.02 %       3.43 %
                               
                               
          For the Six Months Ended        
          June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024    
           Average
    Balance 
     Interest
    Earned or
    Paid 
     Average
    Yield or Cost 
       Average
    Balance 
     Interest
    Earned or
    Paid 
     Average
    Yield or Cost 
           
                               
          (dollars in thousands)        
                               
      Fed funds sold  $        11,662 $             258 4.40 %   $        16,510 $             452 5.41 %        
      Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions          159,356              3,438 4.35 %              86,277              2,339 5.45 %        
      Investment securities – taxable          401,220              9,393 4.69 %            375,644              8,546 4.54 %        
      Investment securities – nontaxable (1)          868,754             24,594 5.67 %            695,365            18,813 5.41 %        
      Restricted investment securities            32,309              1,156 7.12 %              40,742              1,543 7.49 %        
      Loans (1)         6,836,274           217,684 6.42 %         6,688,844          220,392 6.63 %        
      Total earning assets (1) $    8,309,575 $       256,523 6.22 %   $    7,903,382 $      252,085 6.41 %        
                               
      Interest-bearing deposits $    5,041,914 $         76,302 3.05 %   $    4,589,479 $        80,027 3.51 %        
      Time deposits        1,198,782             25,098 4.22 %         1,099,746            24,473 4.48 %        
      Short-term borrowings              1,629                   33 4.05 %                1,688                  44 5.19 %        
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances          214,444              4,849 4.50 %            409,725            10,977 5.30 %        
      Subordinated debentures          233,579              7,201 6.17 %            233,154              7,062 6.06 %        
      Junior subordinated debentures            48,888              1,369 5.57 %              48,758              1,381 5.60 %        
      Total interest-bearing liabilities $    6,739,236 $       114,852 3.43 %   $    6,382,550 $      123,964 3.90 %        
                               
      Net interest income (1)   $       141,671       $      128,121          
      Net interest margin (2)     2.95 %       2.82 %        
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.45 %       3.26 %        
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.44 %       3.24 %        
      Cost of funds (4)       3.01 %       3.39 %        
                               
                               
    (1 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans.  Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.  
    (2 ) See “Select Financial Data – Subsidiaries” for a breakdown of amortization/accretion included in net interest margin for each period presented.     
    (3 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield.  See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.           
    (4 ) Cost of funds includes the effect of noninterest-bearing deposits.           
         
    QCR Holdings, Inc.  
    Consolidated Financial Highlights  
    (Unaudited)  
                   
        As of  
        June 30, March 31,  December 31, September 30, June 30,  
          2025     2025     2024     2024     2024    
                   
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
                   
      ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS/LEASES            
      Beginning balance $         90,354   $            89,841   $         86,321   $         87,706   $         84,470    
      Change in ACL for transfer of loans to LHFS                    –                           –                        93                (1,812 )                  498    
      Credit loss expense                4,667                   4,743                 6,832                 3,828                 4,343    
      Loans/leases charged off              (6,490 )                (4,944 )              (4,787 )              (3,871 )              (1,751 )  
      Recoveries on loans/leases previously charged off                  201                      714                 1,382                    470                    146    
      Ending balance $         88,732   $            90,354   $         89,841   $         86,321   $         87,706    
                   
                   
      NONPERFORMING ASSETS             
      Nonaccrual loans/leases  $         42,482   $            47,259   $         40,080   $         33,480   $         33,546    
      Accruing loans/leases past due 90 days or more                     7                      356                 4,270                 1,298                     87    
      Total nonperforming loans/leases             42,489                  47,615               44,350               34,778               33,633    
      Other real estate owned                   62                      402                    661                    369                    369    
      Other repossessed assets                  113                      122                    543                    542                    512    
      Total nonperforming assets $         42,664   $            48,139   $         45,554   $         35,689   $         34,514    
                   
                   
      ASSET QUALITY RATIOS            
      Nonperforming assets / total assets    0.46 %   0.53 %   0.50 %   0.39 %   0.39 %  
      ACL for loans and leases / total loans/leases held for investment   1.28 %   1.32 %   1.32 %   1.30 %   1.33 %  
      ACL for loans and leases / nonperforming loans/leases    208.84 %   189.76 %   202.57 %   248.21 %   260.77 %  
      Net charge-offs as a % of average loans/leases   0.09 %   0.06 %   0.05 %   0.05 %   0.02 %  
                   
                   
                   
      INTERNALLY ASSIGNED RISK RATING (1)            
      Special mention $         68,621   $            55,327   $         73,636   $         80,121   $         85,096    
      Substandard (2)             81,040                  85,033               84,930               70,022               80,345    
      Doubtful (2)                    –                           –                         –                         –                         –       
      Total Criticized loans (3) $        149,661   $          140,360   $        158,566   $        150,143   $        165,441    
                   
      Classified loans as a % of total loans/leases (2)   1.17 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.03 %   1.17 %  
      Total Criticized loans as a % of total loans/leases (3)   2.16 %   2.06 %   2.34 %   2.20 %   2.41 %  
                   
    (1 ) Amounts exclude the government guaranteed portion, if any.  The Company assigns internal risk ratings of Pass for the government guaranteed portion.
    (2 ) Classified loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 10 or 11, regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Substandard or Doubtful.
    (3 ) Total Criticized loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 9, 10, or 11 , regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful.
         
    QCR Holdings, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
          For the Quarter Ended For the Year Ended
          June 30,    March 31,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
      SELECT FINANCIAL DATA – SUBSIDIARIES     2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
          (dollars in thousands)
                           
      TOTAL ASSETS                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $          2,662,450     $          2,777,634     $          2,559,049          
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC                  242,722                    276,096                    359,012          
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust                2,664,293                  2,617,143                  2,428,267          
      Community State Bank                1,605,966                  1,583,646                  1,531,109          
      Guaranty Bank                 2,365,944                  2,331,944                  2,369,754          
                           
      TOTAL DEPOSITS                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $          2,309,942     $          2,397,047     $          2,100,520          
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust                1,884,370                  1,883,952                  1,721,564          
      Community State Bank                1,272,296                  1,238,307                  1,188,551          
      Guaranty Bank                 1,866,749                  1,840,774                  1,791,448          
                           
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $          2,032,168     $          2,041,181     $          2,107,605          
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC                  250,019                    284,983                    363,897          
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust                1,852,316                  1,790,065                  1,736,438          
      Community State Bank                1,206,735                  1,197,005                  1,162,686          
      Guaranty Bank                 1,833,706                  1,794,915                  1,847,658          
                           
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL DEPOSITS                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     88 %     85 %     100 %        
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     98 %     95 %     101 %        
      Community State Bank     95 %     97 %     98 %        
      Guaranty Bank      98 %     98 %     103 %        
                           
                           
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL ASSETS                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     76 %     73 %     82 %        
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     70 %     68 %     72 %        
      Community State Bank     75 %     76 %     76 %        
      Guaranty Bank      78 %     77 %     78 %        
                           
      ACL ON LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT AS A PERCENTAGE OF LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.32 %     1.44 %     1.43 %        
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     4.26 %     4.37 %     3.86 %        
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust      1.35 %     1.38 %     1.38 %        
      Community State Bank     1.09 %     1.08 %     1.08 %        
      Guaranty Bank      1.29 %     1.30 %     1.13 %        
                           
      RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS (ANNUALIZED)                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.24 %     1.31 %     0.88 %     1.28 %     0.84 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2.36 %     2.14 %     2.94 %     2.25 %     3.01 %
      Community State Bank     1.31 %     1.07 %     1.26 %     1.19 %     1.25 %
      Guaranty Bank      0.85 %     0.72 %     1.42 %     0.79 %     1.15 %
                           
      NET INTEREST MARGIN PERCENTAGE (2)                    
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     3.45 %     3.45 %     3.39 %     3.45 %     3.35 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     3.99 %     4.00 %     3.75 %     4.00 %     3.76 %
      Community State Bank      3.87 %     3.78 %     3.72 %     3.83 %     3.74 %
      Guaranty Bank (3)     3.11 %     3.05 %     2.99 %     3.08 %     2.99 %
                           
      ACQUISITION-RELATED AMORTIZATION/ACCRETION INCLUDED IN NET                    
      INTEREST MARGIN, NET                    
      Community State Bank   $                     (1 )   $                     (1 )   $                     (1 )   $                     (2 )   $                     (2 )
      Guaranty Bank                         118                           218                           301                           336       697  
      QCR Holdings, Inc. (4)                         (33 )                         (33 )                         (32 )                         (66 )     (64 )
                           
    (1 ) Quad City Bank and Trust amounts include m2 Equipment Finance, LLC, as this entity is wholly-owned and consolidated with the Bank. m2 Equipment Finance, LLC  is also presented separately for certain (applicable) measurements.
    (2 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.
    (3 ) Guaranty Bank’s net interest margin percentage includes various purchase accounting adjustments. Excluding those adjustments, net interest margin (Non-GAAP) would have been 2.86% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and 2.86% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.  
    (4 ) Relates to the trust preferred securities acquired as part of the Guaranty Bank acquisition in 2017 and the Community National Bank acquisition in 2013.
    QCR Holdings, Inc.    
    Consolidated Financial Highlights    
    (Unaudited)    
                               
          As of  
          June 30,   March 31,    December 31,   September 30,   June 30,     
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS     2025       2025       2024       2024       2024      
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
      TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY TO TANGIBLE ASSETS RATIO (1)                        
                               
      Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $        1,050,554     $        1,022,747     $           997,387     $           976,620     $           936,319      
      Less: Intangible assets                148,333                  148,995                  149,657                  150,347                  151,468      
      Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $           902,221     $           873,752     $           847,730     $           826,273     $           784,851      
                               
      Total assets (GAAP)   $        9,242,331     $        9,152,779     $        9,026,030     $        9,088,565     $        8,871,991      
      Less: Intangible assets                148,333                  148,995                  149,657                  150,347                  151,468      
      Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $        9,093,998     $        9,003,784     $        8,876,373     $        8,938,218     $        8,720,523      
                               
      Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)     9.92 %     9.70 %     9.55 %     9.24 %     9.00 %    
                               
                               
                               
    (1 ) This ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management believes that this measurement is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes period-to-period in common equity. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to stockholders’ equity and total assets, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
         
    QCR Holdings, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                                   
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS   For the Quarter Ended   For the Six Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   June 30,    June 30,
      ADJUSTED NET INCOME (1)     2025       2025       2024       2024       2024       2025       2024  
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                                   
      Net income (GAAP)   $            29,019     $            25,797     $            30,225     $            27,785     $            29,114     $            54,816     $            55,840  
                                   
      Less non-core items (post-tax) (2):                            
      Income:                            
      Fair value loss on derivatives, net                      (397 )                      (156 )                   (2,594 )                      (542 )                      (145 )                      (553 )                      (288 )
      Total non-core income (non-GAAP)   $                (397 )   $                (156 )   $             (2,594 )   $                (542 )   $                (145 )   $                (553 )   $                (288 )
                                   
      Expense:                            
      Goodwill impairment                           –                             –                             –                         431                             –                             –                             –  
      Restructuring expense                           –                             –                             –                      1,544                             –                             –                             –  
      Total non-core expense (non-GAAP)   $                     –     $                     –     $                     –     $              1,975     $                     –     $                     –     $                     –  
                                   
                                   
      Adjusted net income  (non-GAAP) (1)   $            29,416     $            25,953     $            32,819     $            30,302     $            29,259     $            55,369     $            56,128  
                                   
      ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (1)                            
                                   
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $            29,416     $            25,953     $            32,819     $            30,302     $            29,259     $            55,369     $            56,128  
                                   
      Weighted average common shares outstanding            16,928,542              16,900,785              16,871,652              16,846,200              16,814,814              16,914,663              16,799,081  
      Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding            17,006,282              17,013,992              17,024,481              16,982,400              16,921,854              17,010,136              16,916,264  
                                   
      Adjusted earnings per common share (non-GAAP):                            
      Basic   $                1.74     $                1.54     $                1.95     $                1.80     $                1.74     $                3.27     $                3.34  
      Diluted   $                1.73     $                1.53     $                1.93     $                1.78     $                1.73     $                3.26     $                3.32  
                                   
      ADJUSTED RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS AND AVERAGE EQUITY (1)                            
                                   
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $            29,416     $            25,953     $            32,819     $            30,302     $            29,259     $            55,369     $            56,128  
                                   
      Average Assets   $        9,155,473     $        9,015,439     $        9,050,280     $        8,968,653     $        8,776,002     $        9,085,843     $        8,663,429  
                                   
      Adjusted return on average assets (annualized) (non-GAAP)     1.29 %     1.15 %     1.45 %     1.35 %     1.33 %     1.22 %     1.30 %
      Adjusted return on average equity (annualized) (non-GAAP)     11.30 %     10.20 %     13.19 %     12.60 %     12.69 %     10.76 %     12.30 %
                                   
      NET INTEREST MARGIN (TEY) (3)                            
                                   
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $            62,082     $            59,986     $            61,204     $            59,722     $            56,163     $           122,068     $           110,862  
      Plus: Tax equivalent adjustment (4)                  10,090                      9,513                      9,698                      9,544                      8,914                    19,603                    17,259  
      Net interest income – tax equivalent (non-GAAP)   $            72,172     $            69,499     $            70,902     $            69,266     $            65,077     $           141,671     $           128,121  
      Less:  Acquisition accounting net accretion                        84                         184                         471                         463                         268                         268                         631  
      Adjusted net interest income   $            72,088     $            69,315     $            70,431     $            68,803     $            64,809     $           141,403     $           127,490  
                                   
      Average earning assets   $        8,377,361     $        8,241,035     $        8,241,190     $        8,183,196     $        7,999,044     $        8,309,575     $        7,903,382  
                                   
      Net interest margin (GAAP)     2.97 %     2.95 %     2.95 %     2.90 %     2.82 %     2.97 %     2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (non-GAAP)     3.46 %     3.42 %     3.43 %     3.37 %     3.27 %     3.45 %     3.26 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (non-GAAP)     3.45 %     3.41 %     3.40 %     3.34 %     3.26 %     3.44 %     3.24 %
                                   
      EFFICIENCY RATIO (5)                            
                                   
      Noninterest expense (GAAP)   $            49,583     $            46,539     $            53,499     $            53,565     $            49,888     $            96,122     $           100,578  
                                   
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $            62,082     $            59,986     $            61,204     $            59,722     $            56,163     $           122,068     $           110,862  
      Noninterest income (GAAP)                  22,115                    16,892                    30,625                    27,157                    30,889                    39,007                    57,747  
      Total income   $            84,197     $            76,878     $            91,829     $            86,879     $            87,052     $           161,075     $           168,609  
                                   
      Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense/total income) (non-GAAP)     58.89 %     60.54 %     58.26 %     61.65 %     57.31 %     59.68 %     59.65 %
      Adjusted efficiency ratio (core noninterest expense/core total income) (non-GAAP)     58.54 %     60.38 %     56.25 %     58.45 %     57.19 %     59.42 %     59.52 %
                                   
                                   
    (1 ) Adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per common share, adjusted return on average assets and average equity are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management believes that these measurements are important to investors as they exclude non-core or non-recurring income and expense items, therefore, they provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, these non-GAAP measures are reconciled to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
    (2 ) Non-core or non-recurring items (post-tax) are calculated using an estimated effective federal tax rate of 21% with the exception of goodwill impairment which is not deductible for tax.    
    (3 ) Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.        
    (4 ) Net interest margin (TEY) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management utilizes this measurement to take into account the tax benefit associated with certain loans and securities. It is also standard industry practice to measure net interest margin using tax-equivalent measures. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to net interest income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.  In addition, the Company calculates net interest margin without the impact of acquisition accounting net accretion as this can fluctuate and it’s difficult to provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods.
    (5 ) Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s management utilizes this ratio to compare to industry peers. The ratio is used to calculate overhead as a percentage of revenue. In compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to noninterest expense, net interest income and noninterest income, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
           

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Horizon Bancorp, Inc. Reports Strong Second Quarter 2025 Results Led by Continued Net Interest Margin Expansion

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MICHIGAN CITY, Ind., July 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — (NASDAQ GS: HBNC) – Horizon Bancorp, Inc. (“Horizon” or the “Company”), the parent company of Horizon Bank (the “Bank”), announced its unaudited financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2025.

    “Horizon’s second quarter earnings reflect the strength of the organization’s exceptional core community banking franchise. Strong loan growth, stable and granular core funding, excellent credit quality and prudent management of expenses fueled the quarter’s positive results and expanded on management’s commitment to improve the financial performance of the Company. The quarter was highlighted by a seventh consecutive quarter of net interest margin expansion, low net charge offs of 2 bps annualized and enhanced momentum in key performance metrics of ROAA and ROATCE”, President and CEO, Thomas Prame stated. “We continue to show strength across our core community banking platform that is being driven by a disciplined approach to creating a more efficient balance sheet and effective deployment of capital. We are pleased with our results through the first six months of 2025, with reported earnings per share growing by 58% versus the comparable period a year ago, and look forward to continuing to create additional shareholder value throughout the remainder of the year.”

    Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $20.6 million, or $0.47 per diluted share, compared to net income of $23.9 million, or $0.54, for the first quarter of 2025 and compared to net income of $14.1 million, or $0.32 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2024. As previously disclosed, results in the first quarter of 2025 included the $7.0 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Company’s mortgage warehouse business.

    Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $44.6 million, or $1.01 per diluted share, compared to net income of $28.1 million, or $0.64, for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net interest income of $55.4 million increased 5.9% compared with $52.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 22.3% compared with $45.3 million in the year ago period. Net interest margin, on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis1, expanded for the seventh consecutive quarter, to 3.23%, compared with 3.04% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2.64% for the three months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Total loans held for investment (“HFI”) increased 6.2% compared to the linked quarter annualized, with strong organic commercial loan growth of $117.2 million, or 14.8% annualized. This growth was partially funded by the continued strategic runoff of lower yielding indirect auto loans of approximately $34.1 million.
    • Funding continued to trend favorably, with non-time deposit balances remaining relatively flat for the fourth consecutive quarter and interest-bearing liability cost declining by another 2 bps during the quarter.
    • Credit quality remained strong, with annualized net charge offs of 0.02% of average loans during the second quarter. Non-performing assets remain well within expected ranges, decreasing 12.4% from the prior quarter.
    • Expenses continued to be well managed, up less than 1% from the first quarter of 2025. These results reflect management’s commitment to generate higher earnings while maintaining a more efficient expense base.

    ____________________________________
    1
    Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

       
      Financial Highlights
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Share and Per Share Data and Ratios)
      Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Income statement:                  
    Net interest income $ 55,354     $ 52,267     $ 53,127     $ 46,910     $ 45,279  
    Provision for credit loss expense   2,462       1,376       1,171       1,044       2,369  
    Non-interest income (loss)   10,920       16,499       (28,954 )     11,511       10,485  
    Non-interest expense   39,417       39,306       44,935       39,272       37,522  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,752       4,141       (11,051 )     (75 )     1,733  
    Net Income (Loss) $ 20,643     $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140  
                       
    Per share data:                  
    Basic earnings (loss) per share $ 0.47     $ 0.55     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.42     $ 0.32  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share   0.47       0.54       (0.25 )     0.41       0.32  
    Cash dividends declared per common share   0.16       0.16       0.16       0.16       0.16  
    Book value per common share   18.06       17.72       17.46       17.27       16.62  
    Market value – high   15.88       17.76       18.76       16.57       12.74  
    Market value – low   12.92       15.00       14.57       11.89       11.29  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic   43,794,490       43,777,109       43,721,211       43,712,059       43,712,059  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted   44,034,663       43,954,164       43,721,211       44,112,321       43,987,187  
    Common shares outstanding (end of period)   43,801,507       43,785,932       43,722,086       43,712,059       43,712,059  
                       
    Key ratios:                  
    Return on average assets   1.08 %     1.25 %   (0.56 )%     0.92 %     0.73 %
    Return on average stockholders’ equity   13.24       12.44       (5.73 )     9.80       7.83  
    Total equity to total assets   10.34       10.18       9.79       9.52       9.18  
    Total loans to deposit ratio   87.52       85.21       87.75       83.92       85.70  
    Allowance for credit losses to HFI loans   1.09       1.07       1.07       1.10       1.08  
    Annualized net charge-offs of average total loans (1)   0.02       0.07       0.05       0.03       0.05  
    Efficiency ratio   59.48       57.16       185.89       67.22       67.29  
                       
    Key metrics (Non-GAAP) (2)                  
    Net FTE interest margin   3.23 %     3.04 %     2.97 %     2.66 %     2.64 %
    Return on average tangible common equity   13.24       15.79       (7.35 )     12.65       10.18  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   8.37       8.19       7.83       7.58       7.22  
    Tangible book value per common share $ 14.32     $ 13.96     $ 13.68     $ 13.46     $ 12.80  
                       
                       
    (1) Average total loans includes loans held for investment and held for sale.
    (2) Non-GAAP financial metrics. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
     

    Income Statement Highlights

    Net Interest Income

    Net interest income was $55.4 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared to $52.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, driven by the continued expansion of the Company’s net FTE interest margin1, which increased to 3.23% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 3.04% for the first quarter of 2025. Expansion was attributable to the favorable mix shift in average interest earning assets toward higher-yielding loans and in the average funding mix toward deposit balances, in addition to continued disciplined pricing strategies on both sides of the balance sheet. The second quarter net FTE interest margin did benefit by approximately seven basis points related to interest recoveries on certain commercial and residential loans.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    During the second quarter of 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $2.5 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $1.4 million during the first quarter of 2025, and $2.4 million during the second quarter of 2024. The increase in the provision for credit losses during the second quarter of 2025 when compared with the first quarter of 2025 was primarily attributable to net growth in commercial loans HFI and changes in economic factors, partially offset by the reduction of specific reserves and the reserves for unfunded commitments in the current quarter.

    For the second quarter of 2025, the allowance for credit losses included net charge-offs of $0.3 million, or an annualized 0.02% of average loans outstanding, compared to net charge-offs of $0.9 million, or an annualized 0.07% of average loans outstanding for the first quarter of 2025, and net charge-offs of $0.6 million, or an annualized 0.05% of average loans outstanding, in the second quarter of 2024.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses as a percentage of period-end loans HFI was 1.09% at June 30, 2025, compared to 1.07% at March 31, 2025 and 1.08% at June 30, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    For the Quarter Ended June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in Thousands) 2025
      2025   2024   2024
      2024
    Non-interest Income                  
    Service charges on deposit accounts $ 3,208     $ 3,208     $ 3,276     $ 3,320     $ 3,130  
    Wire transfer fees   69       71       124       123       113  
    Interchange fees   3,403       3,241       3,353       3,511       3,826  
    Fiduciary activities   1,251       1,326       1,313       1,394       1,372  
    Loss on sale of investment securities         (407 )     (39,140 )            
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   1,219       1,076       1,071       1,622       896  
    Mortgage servicing income net of impairment   375       385       376       412       450  
    Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance   346       335       335       349       318  
    Other income   1,049       7,264       338       780       380  
    Total non-interest income (loss) $ 10,920     $ 16,499     $ (28,954 )   $ 11,511     $ 10,485  
                                           

    Total non-interest income was $10.9 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared to non-interest income of $16.5 million in the first quarter of 2025. The decrease in non-interest income of $5.6 million is due to the sale of the Company’s mortgage warehouse business to an unrelated third party in the first quarter of 2025, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $7.0 million that did not recur in the current period. Interchange fees and gain on sale of mortgage loans benefited from normal seasonality, while other categories remained relatively unchanged when compared with the prior period.

    ____________________________________
    1
    Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Non-Interest Expense

    For the Quarter Ended June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in Thousands) 2025
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
    Non-interest Expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 22,731     $ 22,414     $ 25,564     $ 21,829     $ 20,583  
    Net occupancy expenses   3,127       3,702       3,431       3,207       3,192  
    Data processing   2,951       2,872       2,841       2,977       2,579  
    Professional fees   735       826       736       676       714  
    Outside services and consultants   3,278       3,265       4,470       3,677       3,058  
    Loan expense   1,231       689       1,285       1,034       1,038  
    FDIC insurance expense   1,216       1,288       1,193       1,204       1,315  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   816       816       843       844       844  
    Merger related expenses         305                    
    Other losses   245       228       371       297       515  
    Other expense   3,087       2,901       4,201       3,527       3,684  
    Total non-interest expense $ 39,417     $ 39,306     $ 44,935     $ 39,272     $ 37,522  
                                           

    Total non-interest expense was $39.4 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared with $39.3 million in the first quarter of 2025. The increase in non-interest expense during the second quarter of 2025 when compared with the prior period was primarily driven by a $0.5 million increase in loan expense. The increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in net occupancy expenses. Additionally, the Company incurred $0.3 million of direct expenses related to the sale of the mortgage warehouse business in the prior period that did not recur in the current period.   

    Income Taxes

    Horizon recorded a net tax expense of $3.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, representing an effective tax rate of 15.4%, which is consistent with the Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate.

    Balance Sheet Highlights

    Total assets increased by $23.4 million, or 0.3%, to $7.7 billion as of June 30, 2025, from $7.6 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in total assets is primarily due to increases in loans HFI and non-interest earning cash, partially offset by a decrease in interest earning cash and investment securities. Total investment securities decreased by $24.2 million, or 1.2%, to $2.1 billion as of June 30, 2025. Total loans were $5.0 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of $75.5 million from March 31, 2025 balances, due to organic commercial loan growth net of continued runoff in the indirect consumer portfolio.

    Total deposits decreased by $66.0 million, or 1.1%, to $5.7 billion as of June 30, 2025 when compared to balances as of March 31, 2025. The decrease was partially related to a decline in time deposits of $51.9 million, or 4.2% and, to a lesser extent, a modest decrease in savings and money market deposits of $7.0 million, or 0.4%. Non-interest bearing deposit balances remained relatively unchanged in the current period. Total borrowings increased by $68.1 million during the quarter, to $880.3 million as of June 30, 2025. Balances subject to repurchase agreements increased by $7.2 million, to $95.1 million.

    Capital

    The following table presents the consolidated regulatory capital ratios of the Company for the previous three quarters, and the Company’s preliminary estimate of its consolidated regulatory capital ratios for the quarter ended June 30, 2025:

    For the Quarter Ended June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
      2025*   2025   2024   2024
    Consolidated Capital Ratios              
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.48 %     14.26 %     13.91 %     13.45 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   12.52       12.33       12.00       11.63  
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   11.52       11.32       11.00       10.68  
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)   9.59       9.25       8.88       9.02  
    *Preliminary estimate – may be subject to change    
         

    As of June 30, 2025, the ratio of total stockholders’ equity to total assets is 10.34%. Book value per common share was $18.06, increasing $0.34 during the second quarter of 2025.

    Tangible common equity3 totaled $627.1 million at June 30, 2025, and the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 was 8.37% at June 30, 2025, up from 8.19% at March 31, 2025. Tangible book value, which excludes intangible assets from total equity, per common share1 was $14.32, increasing $0.36 during the second quarter of 2025 behind the growth in retained earnings.

    Credit Quality

    As of June 30, 2025, total non-accrual loans decreased by $4.5 million, or 15.7%, from March 31, 2025, to 0.49% of total loans HFI. Total non-performing assets decreased $3.9 million, or 12.4%, to $27.5 million, compared to $31.4 million as of March 31, 2025. The ratio of non-performing assets to total assets decreased to 0.36% compared to 0.41% as of March 31, 2025.

    As of June 30, 2025, net charge-offs decreased by $0.6 million to $0.3 million, compared to $0.9 million as of March 31, 2025 and remain just 0.02% annualized of average loans.

    ____________________________________
    1
    Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Earnings Conference Call

    As previously announced, Horizon will host a conference call to review its second quarter financial results and operating performance.

    Participants may access the live conference call on July 24, 2025 at 7:30 a.m. CT (8:30 a.m. ET) by dialing 833-974-2379 from the United States, 866-450-4696 from Canada or 1-412-317-5772 from international locations and requesting the “Horizon Bancorp, Inc. Call.” Participants are asked to dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the call.

    A telephone replay of the call will be available approximately one hour after the end of the conference through August 1, 2025. The replay may be accessed by dialing 877-344-7529 from the United States, 855-669-9658 from Canada or 1–412–317-0088 from other international locations, and entering the access code 5878909.

    About Horizon Bancorp, Inc.

    Horizon Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ GS: HBNC) is the $7.7 billion-asset commercial bank holding company for Horizon Bank, which serves customers across diverse and economically attractive Midwestern markets through convenient digital and virtual tools, as well as its Indiana and Michigan branches. Horizon’s retail offerings include prime residential and other secured consumer lending to in-market customers, as well as a range of personal banking and wealth management solutions. Horizon also provides a comprehensive array of in-market business banking and treasury management services, as well as equipment financing solutions for customers regionally and nationally, with commercial lending representing over half of total loans. More information on Horizon, headquartered in Northwest Indiana’s Michigan City, is available at horizonbank.com and investor.horizonbank.com.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Certain information set forth in this press release refers to financial measures determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we have included non-GAAP financial measures relating to net income, diluted earnings per share, pre-tax, pre-provision net income, net interest margin, tangible stockholders’ equity and tangible book value per share, efficiency ratio, the return on average assets, the return on average common equity, and return on average tangible equity. In each case, we have identified special circumstances that we consider to be non-recurring and have excluded them. Horizon believes these non-GAAP financial measures are helpful to investors and provide a greater understanding of our business and financial results without giving effect to one-time costs and non–recurring items. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similar measures that may be presented by other companies and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related GAAP measure. See the tables and other information below and contained elsewhere in this press release for reconciliations of the non-GAAP information identified herein and its most comparable GAAP measures.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release may contain forward–looking statements regarding the financial performance, business prospects, growth and operating strategies of Horizon Bancorp, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “Horizon”). For these statements, Horizon claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements in this press release should be considered in conjunction with the other information available about Horizon, including the information in the filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Forward-looking statements provide current expectations or forecasts of future events and are not guarantees of future performance. The forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. We have tried, wherever possible, to identify such statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “will” and similar expressions in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance.

    Although management believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially include: effects on Horizon’s business resulting from new U.S. domestic or foreign governmental trade measures, including but not limited to tariffs, import and export controls, foreign exchange intervention accomplished to offset the effects of trade policy or in response to currency volatility, and other restrictions on free trade; uncertain conditions within the domestic and international macroeconomic environment, including trade policy, monetary and fiscal policy, and conditions in the investment, credit, interest rate, and derivatives markets, and their impact on Horizon and its customers; current financial conditions within the banking industry; changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in spreads on earning assets and changes in interest bearing liabilities; increased interest rate sensitivity; the aggregate effects of elevated inflation levels in recent years; loss of key Horizon personnel; increases in disintermediation; potential loss of fee income, including interchange fees, as new and emerging alternative payment platforms take a greater market share of the payment systems; estimates of fair value of certain of Horizon’s assets and liabilities; changes in prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses, market values, collateral securing loans and other assets; changes in sources of liquidity; legislative and regulatory actions and reforms; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be adopted and required by regulatory agencies; litigation, regulatory enforcement, and legal compliance risk and costs; rapid technological developments and changes; cyber terrorism and data security breaches; the rising costs of cybersecurity; the ability of the U.S. federal government to manage federal debt limits; climate change and social justice initiatives; the inability to realize cost savings or revenues or to effectively implement integration plans and other consequences associated with mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures; acts of terrorism, war and global conflicts, such as the Russia and Ukraine conflict and the Israel and Hamas conflict; and supply chain disruptions and delays. These and additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in Horizon’s reports (such as the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K) filed with the SEC and available at the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Undue reliance should not be placed on the forward–looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Horizon does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to publicly release the result of any revisions that may be made to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the events or circumstances after the date on which the forward–looking statement is made, or reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by law.

       
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025
      2025   2024   2024   2024
    Interest Income                  
    Loans receivable $ 78,618     $ 74,457     $ 76,747     $ 75,488     $ 71,880  
    Investment securities – taxable   5,941       6,039       6,814       8,133       7,986  
    Investment securities – tax-exempt   6,088       6,192       6,301       6,310       6,377  
    Other   830       2,487       3,488       957       738  
    Total interest income   91,477       89,175       93,350       90,888       86,981  
    Interest Expense                  
    Deposits   26,053       25,601       27,818       30,787       28,447  
    Borrowed funds   8,171       9,188       10,656       11,131       11,213  
    Subordinated notes   829       829       829       830       829  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   1,070       1,290       920       1,230       1,213  
    Total interest expense   36,123       36,908       40,223       43,978       41,702  
    Net Interest Income   55,354       52,267       53,127       46,910       45,279  
    Provision for credit loss expense   2,462       1,376       1,171       1,044       2,369  
    Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses   52,892       50,891       51,956       45,866       42,910  
    Non-interest Income                  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,208       3,208       3,276       3,320       3,130  
    Wire transfer fees   69       71       124       123       113  
    Interchange fees   3,403       3,241       3,353       3,511       3,826  
    Fiduciary activities   1,251       1,326       1,313       1,394       1,372  
    Gains (losses) on sale of investment securities         (407 )     (39,140 )            
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   1,219       1,076       1,071       1,622       896  
    Mortgage servicing income net of impairment   375       385       376       412       450  
    Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance   346       335       335       349       318  
    Other income   1,049       7,264       338       780       380  
    Total non-interest income (loss)   10,920       16,499       (28,954 )     11,511       10,485  
    Non-interest Expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   22,731       22,414       25,564       21,829       20,583  
    Net occupancy expenses   3,127       3,702       3,431       3,207       3,192  
    Data processing   2,951       2,872       2,841       2,977       2,579  
    Professional fees   735       826       736       676       714  
    Outside services and consultants   3,278       3,265       4,470       3,677       3,058  
    Loan expense   1,231       689       1,285       1,034       1,038  
    FDIC insurance expense   1,216       1,288       1,193       1,204       1,315  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   816       816       843       844       844  
    Merger related expenses         305                    
    Other losses   245       228       371       297       515  
    Other expense   3,087       2,901       4,201       3,527       3,684  
    Total non-interest expense   39,417       39,306       44,935       39,272       37,522  
    Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes   24,395       28,084       (21,933 )     18,105       15,873  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,752       4,141       (11,051 )     (75 )     1,733  
    Net Income (Loss) $ 20,643     $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140  
    Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share $ 0.47     $ 0.55     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.42     $ 0.32  
    Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share   0.47       0.54       (0.25 )     0.41       0.32  
                                           
      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended for the Period
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Assets                  
    Interest earning assets                  
    Federal funds sold $ 2,024     $     $     $ 113,912     $ 34,453  
    Interest earning deposits   34,174       80,023       201,131       12,107       4,957  
    Interest earning time deposits               735       735       1,715  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   45,412       45,412       53,826       53,826       53,826  
    Investment securities, available for sale   231,999       231,431       233,677       541,170       527,054  
    Investment securities, held to maturity   1,819,087       1,843,851       1,867,690       1,888,379       1,904,281  
    Loans held for sale   2,994       3,253       67,597       2,069       2,440  
    Gross loans held for investment (HFI)   4,985,582       4,909,815       4,847,040       4,803,996       4,822,840  
    Total Interest earning assets   7,121,272       7,113,784       7,271,696       7,416,194       7,351,566  
    Non-interest earning assets                  
    Allowance for credit losses   (54,399 )     (52,654 )     (51,980 )     (52,881 )     (52,215 )
    Cash   101,719       89,643       92,300       108,815       106,691  
    Cash value of life insurance   37,755       37,409       37,450       37,115       36,773  
    Other assets   148,773       143,675       152,635       119,026       165,656  
    Goodwill   155,211       155,211       155,211       155,211       155,211  
    Other intangible assets   8,592       9,407       10,223       11,067       11,910  
    Premises and equipment, net   93,398       93,499       93,864       93,544       93,695  
    Interest receivable   39,730       38,663       39,747       39,366       43,240  
    Total non-interest earning assets   530,779       514,855       529,450       511,263       560,961  
    Total assets $ 7,652,051     $ 7,628,639     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,526  
    Liabilities                  
    Savings and money market deposits $ 3,385,413     $ 3,393,371     $ 3,446,681     $ 3,420,827     $ 3,364,726  
    Time deposits   1,193,180       1,245,088       1,089,153       1,220,653       1,178,389  
    Borrowings   880,336       812,218       1,142,340       1,142,744       1,229,165  
    Repurchase agreements   95,089       87,851       89,912       122,399       128,169  
    Subordinated notes   55,807       55,772       55,738       55,703       55,668  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,583       57,531       57,477       57,423       57,369  
    Total interest earning liabilities   5,667,408       5,651,832       5,881,301       6,019,749       6,013,486  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   1,121,163       1,127,324       1,064,818       1,085,535       1,087,040  
    Interest payable   14,007       11,441       11,137       11,400       11,240  
    Other liabilities   58,621       61,981       80,308       55,951       74,096  
    Total liabilities   6,861,199       6,852,578       7,037,564       7,172,635       7,185,862  
    Stockholders’ Equity                  
    Preferred stock                            
    Common stock                            
    Additional paid-in capital   360,758       360,522       363,761       358,453       357,673  
    Retained earnings   466,497       452,945       436,122       454,050       442,977  
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)   (36,403 )     (37,406 )     (36,301 )     (57,681 )     (73,985 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   790,852       776,061       763,582       754,822       726,665  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,652,051     $ 7,628,639     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527  
                                           
      Loans and Deposits        
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)        
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   % Change
      2025
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
      Q2’25 vs
    Q1’25
      Q2’25 vs
    Q2’24
    Loans:                          
    Commercial real estate $ 2,321,951     $ 2,262,910     $ 2,202,858     $ 2,105,459     $ 2,117,772       3 %     10 %
    Commercial & Industrial   976,740       918,541       875,297       808,600       786,788       6 %     24 %
    Total commercial   3,298,691       3,181,451       3,078,155       2,914,059       2,904,560       4 %     14 %
    Residential Real estate   786,026       801,726       802,909       801,356       797,956       (2 )%     (1 )%
    Mortgage warehouse                     80,437       68,917       %     (100 )%
    Consumer   900,865       926,638       965,976       1,008,144       1,051,407       (3 )%     (14 )%
    Total loans held for investment   4,985,582       4,909,815       4,847,040       4,803,996       4,822,840       2 %     3 %
    Loans held for sale   2,994       3,253       67,597       2,069       2,440       (8 )%     23 %
    Total loans $ 4,988,576     $ 4,913,068     $ 4,914,637     $ 4,806,065     $ 4,825,280       2 %     3 %
                               
    Deposits:                          
    Interest bearing deposits $ 1,713,058     $ 1,713,991     $ 1,767,983     $ 1,688,998     $ 1,653,508       %     4 %
    Savings and money market deposits   1,672,355       1,679,380       1,678,697       1,731,830       1,711,218       %     (2 )%
    Time deposits   1,193,180       1,245,088       1,089,153       1,220,653       1,178,389       (4 )%     1 %
    Total Interest bearing deposits   4,578,593       4,638,459       4,535,833       4,641,481       4,543,115       (1 )%     1 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits                          
    Non-interest bearing deposits   1,121,164       1,127,324       1,064,819       1,085,534       1,087,040       (1 )%     3 %
    Total deposits $ 5,699,757     $ 5,765,784     $ 5,600,652     $ 5,727,015     $ 5,630,155       (1 )%     1 %
                                                       
      Average Balance Sheet
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
      Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Assets                  
    Interest earning assets                  
    Interest earning deposits (incl. Fed Funds Sold) $ 72,993   $ 830     4.56 % $ 223,148   $ 2,487     4.52 % $ 55,467   $ 738     5.35 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   45,412     1,075     9.49 %   51,769     1,012     7.93 %   53,827     1,521     11.36 %
    Investment securities – taxable (1)   959,238     4,867     2.03 %   974,109     5,027     2.09 %   1,309,305     6,465     1.99 %
    Investment securities – non-taxable (1)   1,100,731     7,706     2.81 %   1,120,249     7,838     2.84 %   1,132,065     8,072     2.87 %
    Total investment securities   2,059,969     12,573     2.45 %   2,094,358     12,865     2.49 %   2,441,370     14,537     2.39 %
    Loans receivable (2) (3)   4,947,093     79,000     6.41 %   4,865,449     74,840     6.24 %   4,662,124     72,208     6.23 %
    Total interest earning assets   7,125,467     93,478     5.26 %   7,234,724     91,204     5.11 %   7,212,788     89,004     4.96 %
    Non-interest earning assets                  
    Cash and due from banks   86,316         88,624         108,319      
    Allowance for credit losses   (52,560 )       (51,863 )       (50,334 )    
    Other assets   472,175         483,765         508,555      
    Total average assets $ 7,631,398       $ 7,755,250       $ 7,779,328      
                       
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                  
    Interest bearing liabilities                  
    Interest bearing demand deposits $ 1,727,713   $ 6,803     1.58 % $ 1,750,446   $ 6,491     1.50 % $ 1,656,523   $ 7,081     1.72 %
    Saving and money market deposits   1,651,866     8,200     1.99 %   1,674,590     8,263     2.00 %   1,677,967     9,733     2.33 %
    Time deposits   1,233,582     11,050     3.59 %   1,212,386     10,847     3.63 %   1,134,590     11,633     4.12 %
    Total Deposits   4,613,161     26,053     2.27 %   4,637,422     25,601     2.24 %   4,469,080     28,447     2.56 %
    Borrowings   847,862     7,777     3.68 %   971,496     8,772     3.66 %   1,184,172     10,278     3.49 %
    Repurchase agreements   88,058     394     1.79 %   88,469     416     1.91 %   125,144     935     3.00 %
    Subordinated notes   55,785     829     5.96 %   55,750     829     6.03 %   55,647     829     5.99 %
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,550     1,070     7.46 %   57,497     1,290     9.10 %   57,335     1,213     8.51 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   5,662,416     36,123     2.56 %   5,810,634     36,908     2.58 %   5,891,378     41,702     2.85 %
    Non-interest bearing liabilities                  
    Demand deposits   1,114,982         1,085,826         1,080,676      
    Accrued interest payable and other liabilities   64,465         78,521         80,942      
    Stockholders’ equity   789,535         780,269         726,332      
    Total average liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,631,398       $ 7,755,250       $ 7,779,328      
    Net FTE interest income (non-GAAP) (5)   $ 57,355       $ 54,296       $ 47,302    
    Less FTE adjustments (4)     2,001         2,029         2,023    
    Net Interest Income   $ 55,354       $ 52,267       $ 45,279    
    Net FTE interest margin (Non-GAAP) (4)(5)       3.23 %       3.04 %       2.64 %
     
    (1) Securities balances represent daily average balances for the fair value of securities. The average rate is calculated based on the daily average balance for the amortized cost of securities.
    (2) Includes fees on loans held for sale and held for investment. The inclusion of loan fees does not have a material effect on the average interest rate.
    (3) Non-accruing loans for the purpose of the computation above are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding. Loan totals are shown net of unearned income and deferred loan fees.
    (4) Management believes fully taxable equivalent, or FTE, interest income is useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s performance as a comparison of the returns between a tax-free investment and a taxable alternative. The Company adjusts interest income and average rates for tax-exempt loans and securities to an FTE basis utilizing a 21% tax rate.
    (5) Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
    (6) Includes dividend income on Federal Home Loan Bank stock
     
      Credit Quality        
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Ratios, Unaudited)        
      Quarter Ended        
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   % Change
      2025   2025   2024   2024   2024   Q2’25 vs
    Q1’25
      Q2’25 vs
    Q2’24
    Non-accrual loans                          
    Commercial $ 7,547     $ 8,172     $ 5,658     $ 6,830     $ 4,321       (8 )%     75 %
    Residential Real estate   9,525       12,763       11,215       9,529       8,489       (25 )%     12 %
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   7,222       7,875       8,919       7,208       5,453       (8 )%     32 %
    Total non-accrual loans   24,294       28,810       25,792       23,567       18,263       (16 )%     33 %
    90 days and greater delinquent – accruing interest   2,113       1,582       1,166       819       1,039       34 %     103 %
    Total non-performing loans $ 26,407     $ 30,392     $ 26,958     $ 24,386     $ 19,302       (13 )%     37 %
                               
    Other real estate owned                          
    Commercial $ 176     $ 360     $ 407     $ 1,158     $ 1,111       (51 )%     (84 )%
    Residential Real estate   463       641                         %     %
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   480       34       17       36       57       1311 %     742 %
    Total other real estate owned   1,119       1,035       424       1,194       1,168       8 %     (4 )%
                               
    Total non-performing assets $ 27,526     $ 31,427     $ 27,382     $ 25,580     $ 20,470       (12 )%     34 %
                               
    Loan data:                          
    Accruing 30 to 89 days past due loans $ 31,401     $ 19,034     $ 23,075     $ 18,087     $ 19,785       65 %     59 %
    Substandard loans   64,100       66,714       64,535       59,775       51,221       (4 )%     25 %
    Net charge-offs (recoveries)                          
    Commercial $ 84     $ (47 )   $ (32 )   $ (52 )   $ 57       (279 )%     47 %
    Residential Real estate   52       (47 )     (10 )     (9 )     (4 )     (211 )%     (1400 )%
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   118       963       668       439       534       (88 )%     (78 )%
    Total net charge-offs $ 254     $ 869     $ 626     $ 378     $ 587       (71 )%     (57 )%
                               
    Allowance for credit losses                          
    Commercial $ 34,413     $ 32,640     $ 30,953     $ 32,854     $ 31,941       5 %     8 %
    Residential Real estate   3,229       3,167       2,715       2,675       2,588       2 %     25 %
    Mortgage warehouse                     862       736       %     (100 )%
    Consumer   16,757       16,847       18,312       16,490       16,950       (1 )%     (1 )%
    Total allowance for credit losses $ 54,399     $ 52,654     $ 51,980     $ 52,881     $ 52,215       3 %     4 %
                               
    Credit quality ratios                          
    Non-accrual loans to HFI loans   0.49 %     0.59 %     0.53 %     0.49 %     0.38 %        
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.36 %     0.41 %     0.35 %     0.32 %     0.26 %        
    Annualized net charge-offs of average total loans   0.02 %     0.07 %     0.05 %     0.03 %     0.05 %        
    Allowance for credit losses to HFI loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.07 %     1.10 %     1.08 %        
                                                   
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Net Fully-Taxable Equivalent (“FTE”) Interest Margin
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
     
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Interest income (GAAP) (A)   $ 91,477     $ 89,175     $ 93,350     $ 90,888     $ 86,981  
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment:                      
    Investment securities – tax exempt (1)       1,619       1,646       1,675       1,677       1,695  
    Loan receivable (2)       382       383       395       340       328  
    Interest income (non-GAAP) (B)     93,478       91,204       95,420       92,905       89,004  
    Interest expense (GAAP) (C)     36,123       36,908       40,223       43,978       41,702  
    Net interest income (GAAP) (D) =(A) – (C)   $ 55,354     $ 52,267     $ 53,127     $ 46,910     $ 45,279  
    Net FTE interest income (non-GAAP) (E) = (B) – (C)   $ 57,355     $ 54,296     $ 55,197     $ 48,927     $ 47,302  
    Average interest earning assets (F)     7,125,467       7,234,724       7,396,178       7,330,263       7,212,788  
    Net FTE interest margin (non-GAAP) (G) = (E*) / (F)     3.23 %     3.04 %     2.97 %     2.66 %     2.64 %
                           
    (1) The following represents municipal securities interest income for investment securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
    (2) The following represents municipal loan interest income for loan receivables classified as held for sale and held for investment
    *Annualized
     
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
     
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
                           
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) (A)   $ 20,643     $ 23,941     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140  
                           
    Average stockholders’ equity (B)   $ 789,535     $ 780,269     $ 755,340     $ 738,372     $ 726,332  
    Average intangible assets (C)     164,320       165,138       165,973       166,819       167,659  
    Average tangible equity (Non-GAAP) (D) = (B) – (C)   $ 625,215     $ 615,131     $ 589,367     $ 571,553     $ 558,673  
    Return on average tangible common equity (“ROACE”) (non-GAAP) (E) = (A*) / (D)     13.24 %     15.48 %   (7.35 )%     12.65 %     10.18 %
    *Annualized                      
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP) (A)   $ 790,852     $ 776,061     $ 763,582     $ 754,822     $ 726,665  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)     163,802       164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121  
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (C) = (A) – (B)   $ 627,050     $ 611,443     $ 598,148     $ 588,544     $ 559,544  
                           
    Total assets (GAAP) (D)   $ 7,652,051     $ 7,628,636     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)     163,802       164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121  
    Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) (E) = (D) – (B)   $ 7,488,249     $ 7,464,018     $ 7,635,712     $ 7,761,179     $ 7,745,406  
                           
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP) (G) = (C) / (E)     8.37 %     8.19 %     7.83 %     7.58 %     7.22 %
                                               
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Share
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP) (A)   $ 790,852     $ 776,061     $ 763,582     $ 754,822     $ 726,665  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)     163,802       164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121  
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (C) = (A) – (B)   $ 627,050     $ 611,443     $ 598,148     $ 588,544     $ 559,544  
    Common shares outstanding (D)     43,801,507       43,786,000       43,722,086       43,712,059       43,712,059  
                           
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (E) = (C) / (D)   $ 14.32     $ 13.96     $ 13.68     $ 13.46     $ 12.80  
                                               
    Contact: John R. Stewart, CFA
      EVP, Chief Financial Officer
    Phone: (219) 814–5833
    Fax: (219) 874–9280
    Date: July 23, 2025

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Horizon Bancorp, Inc. Reports Strong Second Quarter 2025 Results Led by Continued Net Interest Margin Expansion

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MICHIGAN CITY, Ind., July 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — (NASDAQ GS: HBNC) – Horizon Bancorp, Inc. (“Horizon” or the “Company”), the parent company of Horizon Bank (the “Bank”), announced its unaudited financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2025.

    “Horizon’s second quarter earnings reflect the strength of the organization’s exceptional core community banking franchise. Strong loan growth, stable and granular core funding, excellent credit quality and prudent management of expenses fueled the quarter’s positive results and expanded on management’s commitment to improve the financial performance of the Company. The quarter was highlighted by a seventh consecutive quarter of net interest margin expansion, low net charge offs of 2 bps annualized and enhanced momentum in key performance metrics of ROAA and ROATCE”, President and CEO, Thomas Prame stated. “We continue to show strength across our core community banking platform that is being driven by a disciplined approach to creating a more efficient balance sheet and effective deployment of capital. We are pleased with our results through the first six months of 2025, with reported earnings per share growing by 58% versus the comparable period a year ago, and look forward to continuing to create additional shareholder value throughout the remainder of the year.”

    Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $20.6 million, or $0.47 per diluted share, compared to net income of $23.9 million, or $0.54, for the first quarter of 2025 and compared to net income of $14.1 million, or $0.32 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2024. As previously disclosed, results in the first quarter of 2025 included the $7.0 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Company’s mortgage warehouse business.

    Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $44.6 million, or $1.01 per diluted share, compared to net income of $28.1 million, or $0.64, for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net interest income of $55.4 million increased 5.9% compared with $52.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 22.3% compared with $45.3 million in the year ago period. Net interest margin, on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis1, expanded for the seventh consecutive quarter, to 3.23%, compared with 3.04% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2.64% for the three months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Total loans held for investment (“HFI”) increased 6.2% compared to the linked quarter annualized, with strong organic commercial loan growth of $117.2 million, or 14.8% annualized. This growth was partially funded by the continued strategic runoff of lower yielding indirect auto loans of approximately $34.1 million.
    • Funding continued to trend favorably, with non-time deposit balances remaining relatively flat for the fourth consecutive quarter and interest-bearing liability cost declining by another 2 bps during the quarter.
    • Credit quality remained strong, with annualized net charge offs of 0.02% of average loans during the second quarter. Non-performing assets remain well within expected ranges, decreasing 12.4% from the prior quarter.
    • Expenses continued to be well managed, up less than 1% from the first quarter of 2025. These results reflect management’s commitment to generate higher earnings while maintaining a more efficient expense base.

    ____________________________________
    1
    Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

       
      Financial Highlights
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Share and Per Share Data and Ratios)
      Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Income statement:                  
    Net interest income $ 55,354     $ 52,267     $ 53,127     $ 46,910     $ 45,279  
    Provision for credit loss expense   2,462       1,376       1,171       1,044       2,369  
    Non-interest income (loss)   10,920       16,499       (28,954 )     11,511       10,485  
    Non-interest expense   39,417       39,306       44,935       39,272       37,522  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,752       4,141       (11,051 )     (75 )     1,733  
    Net Income (Loss) $ 20,643     $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140  
                       
    Per share data:                  
    Basic earnings (loss) per share $ 0.47     $ 0.55     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.42     $ 0.32  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share   0.47       0.54       (0.25 )     0.41       0.32  
    Cash dividends declared per common share   0.16       0.16       0.16       0.16       0.16  
    Book value per common share   18.06       17.72       17.46       17.27       16.62  
    Market value – high   15.88       17.76       18.76       16.57       12.74  
    Market value – low   12.92       15.00       14.57       11.89       11.29  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic   43,794,490       43,777,109       43,721,211       43,712,059       43,712,059  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted   44,034,663       43,954,164       43,721,211       44,112,321       43,987,187  
    Common shares outstanding (end of period)   43,801,507       43,785,932       43,722,086       43,712,059       43,712,059  
                       
    Key ratios:                  
    Return on average assets   1.08 %     1.25 %   (0.56 )%     0.92 %     0.73 %
    Return on average stockholders’ equity   13.24       12.44       (5.73 )     9.80       7.83  
    Total equity to total assets   10.34       10.18       9.79       9.52       9.18  
    Total loans to deposit ratio   87.52       85.21       87.75       83.92       85.70  
    Allowance for credit losses to HFI loans   1.09       1.07       1.07       1.10       1.08  
    Annualized net charge-offs of average total loans (1)   0.02       0.07       0.05       0.03       0.05  
    Efficiency ratio   59.48       57.16       185.89       67.22       67.29  
                       
    Key metrics (Non-GAAP) (2)                  
    Net FTE interest margin   3.23 %     3.04 %     2.97 %     2.66 %     2.64 %
    Return on average tangible common equity   13.24       15.79       (7.35 )     12.65       10.18  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   8.37       8.19       7.83       7.58       7.22  
    Tangible book value per common share $ 14.32     $ 13.96     $ 13.68     $ 13.46     $ 12.80  
                       
                       
    (1) Average total loans includes loans held for investment and held for sale.
    (2) Non-GAAP financial metrics. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
     

    Income Statement Highlights

    Net Interest Income

    Net interest income was $55.4 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared to $52.3 million in the first quarter of 2025, driven by the continued expansion of the Company’s net FTE interest margin1, which increased to 3.23% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 3.04% for the first quarter of 2025. Expansion was attributable to the favorable mix shift in average interest earning assets toward higher-yielding loans and in the average funding mix toward deposit balances, in addition to continued disciplined pricing strategies on both sides of the balance sheet. The second quarter net FTE interest margin did benefit by approximately seven basis points related to interest recoveries on certain commercial and residential loans.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    During the second quarter of 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $2.5 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $1.4 million during the first quarter of 2025, and $2.4 million during the second quarter of 2024. The increase in the provision for credit losses during the second quarter of 2025 when compared with the first quarter of 2025 was primarily attributable to net growth in commercial loans HFI and changes in economic factors, partially offset by the reduction of specific reserves and the reserves for unfunded commitments in the current quarter.

    For the second quarter of 2025, the allowance for credit losses included net charge-offs of $0.3 million, or an annualized 0.02% of average loans outstanding, compared to net charge-offs of $0.9 million, or an annualized 0.07% of average loans outstanding for the first quarter of 2025, and net charge-offs of $0.6 million, or an annualized 0.05% of average loans outstanding, in the second quarter of 2024.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses as a percentage of period-end loans HFI was 1.09% at June 30, 2025, compared to 1.07% at March 31, 2025 and 1.08% at June 30, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    For the Quarter Ended June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in Thousands) 2025
      2025   2024   2024
      2024
    Non-interest Income                  
    Service charges on deposit accounts $ 3,208     $ 3,208     $ 3,276     $ 3,320     $ 3,130  
    Wire transfer fees   69       71       124       123       113  
    Interchange fees   3,403       3,241       3,353       3,511       3,826  
    Fiduciary activities   1,251       1,326       1,313       1,394       1,372  
    Loss on sale of investment securities         (407 )     (39,140 )            
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   1,219       1,076       1,071       1,622       896  
    Mortgage servicing income net of impairment   375       385       376       412       450  
    Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance   346       335       335       349       318  
    Other income   1,049       7,264       338       780       380  
    Total non-interest income (loss) $ 10,920     $ 16,499     $ (28,954 )   $ 11,511     $ 10,485  
                                           

    Total non-interest income was $10.9 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared to non-interest income of $16.5 million in the first quarter of 2025. The decrease in non-interest income of $5.6 million is due to the sale of the Company’s mortgage warehouse business to an unrelated third party in the first quarter of 2025, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $7.0 million that did not recur in the current period. Interchange fees and gain on sale of mortgage loans benefited from normal seasonality, while other categories remained relatively unchanged when compared with the prior period.

    ____________________________________
    1
    Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Non-Interest Expense

    For the Quarter Ended June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (Dollars in Thousands) 2025
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
    Non-interest Expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 22,731     $ 22,414     $ 25,564     $ 21,829     $ 20,583  
    Net occupancy expenses   3,127       3,702       3,431       3,207       3,192  
    Data processing   2,951       2,872       2,841       2,977       2,579  
    Professional fees   735       826       736       676       714  
    Outside services and consultants   3,278       3,265       4,470       3,677       3,058  
    Loan expense   1,231       689       1,285       1,034       1,038  
    FDIC insurance expense   1,216       1,288       1,193       1,204       1,315  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   816       816       843       844       844  
    Merger related expenses         305                    
    Other losses   245       228       371       297       515  
    Other expense   3,087       2,901       4,201       3,527       3,684  
    Total non-interest expense $ 39,417     $ 39,306     $ 44,935     $ 39,272     $ 37,522  
                                           

    Total non-interest expense was $39.4 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared with $39.3 million in the first quarter of 2025. The increase in non-interest expense during the second quarter of 2025 when compared with the prior period was primarily driven by a $0.5 million increase in loan expense. The increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in net occupancy expenses. Additionally, the Company incurred $0.3 million of direct expenses related to the sale of the mortgage warehouse business in the prior period that did not recur in the current period.   

    Income Taxes

    Horizon recorded a net tax expense of $3.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, representing an effective tax rate of 15.4%, which is consistent with the Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate.

    Balance Sheet Highlights

    Total assets increased by $23.4 million, or 0.3%, to $7.7 billion as of June 30, 2025, from $7.6 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in total assets is primarily due to increases in loans HFI and non-interest earning cash, partially offset by a decrease in interest earning cash and investment securities. Total investment securities decreased by $24.2 million, or 1.2%, to $2.1 billion as of June 30, 2025. Total loans were $5.0 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of $75.5 million from March 31, 2025 balances, due to organic commercial loan growth net of continued runoff in the indirect consumer portfolio.

    Total deposits decreased by $66.0 million, or 1.1%, to $5.7 billion as of June 30, 2025 when compared to balances as of March 31, 2025. The decrease was partially related to a decline in time deposits of $51.9 million, or 4.2% and, to a lesser extent, a modest decrease in savings and money market deposits of $7.0 million, or 0.4%. Non-interest bearing deposit balances remained relatively unchanged in the current period. Total borrowings increased by $68.1 million during the quarter, to $880.3 million as of June 30, 2025. Balances subject to repurchase agreements increased by $7.2 million, to $95.1 million.

    Capital

    The following table presents the consolidated regulatory capital ratios of the Company for the previous three quarters, and the Company’s preliminary estimate of its consolidated regulatory capital ratios for the quarter ended June 30, 2025:

    For the Quarter Ended June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
      2025*   2025   2024   2024
    Consolidated Capital Ratios              
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.48 %     14.26 %     13.91 %     13.45 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   12.52       12.33       12.00       11.63  
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   11.52       11.32       11.00       10.68  
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)   9.59       9.25       8.88       9.02  
    *Preliminary estimate – may be subject to change    
         

    As of June 30, 2025, the ratio of total stockholders’ equity to total assets is 10.34%. Book value per common share was $18.06, increasing $0.34 during the second quarter of 2025.

    Tangible common equity3 totaled $627.1 million at June 30, 2025, and the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 was 8.37% at June 30, 2025, up from 8.19% at March 31, 2025. Tangible book value, which excludes intangible assets from total equity, per common share1 was $14.32, increasing $0.36 during the second quarter of 2025 behind the growth in retained earnings.

    Credit Quality

    As of June 30, 2025, total non-accrual loans decreased by $4.5 million, or 15.7%, from March 31, 2025, to 0.49% of total loans HFI. Total non-performing assets decreased $3.9 million, or 12.4%, to $27.5 million, compared to $31.4 million as of March 31, 2025. The ratio of non-performing assets to total assets decreased to 0.36% compared to 0.41% as of March 31, 2025.

    As of June 30, 2025, net charge-offs decreased by $0.6 million to $0.3 million, compared to $0.9 million as of March 31, 2025 and remain just 0.02% annualized of average loans.

    ____________________________________
    1
    Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Earnings Conference Call

    As previously announced, Horizon will host a conference call to review its second quarter financial results and operating performance.

    Participants may access the live conference call on July 24, 2025 at 7:30 a.m. CT (8:30 a.m. ET) by dialing 833-974-2379 from the United States, 866-450-4696 from Canada or 1-412-317-5772 from international locations and requesting the “Horizon Bancorp, Inc. Call.” Participants are asked to dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the call.

    A telephone replay of the call will be available approximately one hour after the end of the conference through August 1, 2025. The replay may be accessed by dialing 877-344-7529 from the United States, 855-669-9658 from Canada or 1–412–317-0088 from other international locations, and entering the access code 5878909.

    About Horizon Bancorp, Inc.

    Horizon Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ GS: HBNC) is the $7.7 billion-asset commercial bank holding company for Horizon Bank, which serves customers across diverse and economically attractive Midwestern markets through convenient digital and virtual tools, as well as its Indiana and Michigan branches. Horizon’s retail offerings include prime residential and other secured consumer lending to in-market customers, as well as a range of personal banking and wealth management solutions. Horizon also provides a comprehensive array of in-market business banking and treasury management services, as well as equipment financing solutions for customers regionally and nationally, with commercial lending representing over half of total loans. More information on Horizon, headquartered in Northwest Indiana’s Michigan City, is available at horizonbank.com and investor.horizonbank.com.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Certain information set forth in this press release refers to financial measures determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we have included non-GAAP financial measures relating to net income, diluted earnings per share, pre-tax, pre-provision net income, net interest margin, tangible stockholders’ equity and tangible book value per share, efficiency ratio, the return on average assets, the return on average common equity, and return on average tangible equity. In each case, we have identified special circumstances that we consider to be non-recurring and have excluded them. Horizon believes these non-GAAP financial measures are helpful to investors and provide a greater understanding of our business and financial results without giving effect to one-time costs and non–recurring items. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similar measures that may be presented by other companies and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related GAAP measure. See the tables and other information below and contained elsewhere in this press release for reconciliations of the non-GAAP information identified herein and its most comparable GAAP measures.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release may contain forward–looking statements regarding the financial performance, business prospects, growth and operating strategies of Horizon Bancorp, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “Horizon”). For these statements, Horizon claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements in this press release should be considered in conjunction with the other information available about Horizon, including the information in the filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Forward-looking statements provide current expectations or forecasts of future events and are not guarantees of future performance. The forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. We have tried, wherever possible, to identify such statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “will” and similar expressions in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance.

    Although management believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially include: effects on Horizon’s business resulting from new U.S. domestic or foreign governmental trade measures, including but not limited to tariffs, import and export controls, foreign exchange intervention accomplished to offset the effects of trade policy or in response to currency volatility, and other restrictions on free trade; uncertain conditions within the domestic and international macroeconomic environment, including trade policy, monetary and fiscal policy, and conditions in the investment, credit, interest rate, and derivatives markets, and their impact on Horizon and its customers; current financial conditions within the banking industry; changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in spreads on earning assets and changes in interest bearing liabilities; increased interest rate sensitivity; the aggregate effects of elevated inflation levels in recent years; loss of key Horizon personnel; increases in disintermediation; potential loss of fee income, including interchange fees, as new and emerging alternative payment platforms take a greater market share of the payment systems; estimates of fair value of certain of Horizon’s assets and liabilities; changes in prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses, market values, collateral securing loans and other assets; changes in sources of liquidity; legislative and regulatory actions and reforms; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be adopted and required by regulatory agencies; litigation, regulatory enforcement, and legal compliance risk and costs; rapid technological developments and changes; cyber terrorism and data security breaches; the rising costs of cybersecurity; the ability of the U.S. federal government to manage federal debt limits; climate change and social justice initiatives; the inability to realize cost savings or revenues or to effectively implement integration plans and other consequences associated with mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures; acts of terrorism, war and global conflicts, such as the Russia and Ukraine conflict and the Israel and Hamas conflict; and supply chain disruptions and delays. These and additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in Horizon’s reports (such as the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K) filed with the SEC and available at the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Undue reliance should not be placed on the forward–looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Horizon does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to publicly release the result of any revisions that may be made to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the events or circumstances after the date on which the forward–looking statement is made, or reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by law.

       
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025
      2025   2024   2024   2024
    Interest Income                  
    Loans receivable $ 78,618     $ 74,457     $ 76,747     $ 75,488     $ 71,880  
    Investment securities – taxable   5,941       6,039       6,814       8,133       7,986  
    Investment securities – tax-exempt   6,088       6,192       6,301       6,310       6,377  
    Other   830       2,487       3,488       957       738  
    Total interest income   91,477       89,175       93,350       90,888       86,981  
    Interest Expense                  
    Deposits   26,053       25,601       27,818       30,787       28,447  
    Borrowed funds   8,171       9,188       10,656       11,131       11,213  
    Subordinated notes   829       829       829       830       829  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   1,070       1,290       920       1,230       1,213  
    Total interest expense   36,123       36,908       40,223       43,978       41,702  
    Net Interest Income   55,354       52,267       53,127       46,910       45,279  
    Provision for credit loss expense   2,462       1,376       1,171       1,044       2,369  
    Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses   52,892       50,891       51,956       45,866       42,910  
    Non-interest Income                  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,208       3,208       3,276       3,320       3,130  
    Wire transfer fees   69       71       124       123       113  
    Interchange fees   3,403       3,241       3,353       3,511       3,826  
    Fiduciary activities   1,251       1,326       1,313       1,394       1,372  
    Gains (losses) on sale of investment securities         (407 )     (39,140 )            
    Gain on sale of mortgage loans   1,219       1,076       1,071       1,622       896  
    Mortgage servicing income net of impairment   375       385       376       412       450  
    Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance   346       335       335       349       318  
    Other income   1,049       7,264       338       780       380  
    Total non-interest income (loss)   10,920       16,499       (28,954 )     11,511       10,485  
    Non-interest Expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   22,731       22,414       25,564       21,829       20,583  
    Net occupancy expenses   3,127       3,702       3,431       3,207       3,192  
    Data processing   2,951       2,872       2,841       2,977       2,579  
    Professional fees   735       826       736       676       714  
    Outside services and consultants   3,278       3,265       4,470       3,677       3,058  
    Loan expense   1,231       689       1,285       1,034       1,038  
    FDIC insurance expense   1,216       1,288       1,193       1,204       1,315  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   816       816       843       844       844  
    Merger related expenses         305                    
    Other losses   245       228       371       297       515  
    Other expense   3,087       2,901       4,201       3,527       3,684  
    Total non-interest expense   39,417       39,306       44,935       39,272       37,522  
    Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes   24,395       28,084       (21,933 )     18,105       15,873  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,752       4,141       (11,051 )     (75 )     1,733  
    Net Income (Loss) $ 20,643     $ 23,943     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140  
    Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share $ 0.47     $ 0.55     $ (0.25 )   $ 0.42     $ 0.32  
    Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share   0.47       0.54       (0.25 )     0.41       0.32  
                                           
      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended for the Period
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
      2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Assets                  
    Interest earning assets                  
    Federal funds sold $ 2,024     $     $     $ 113,912     $ 34,453  
    Interest earning deposits   34,174       80,023       201,131       12,107       4,957  
    Interest earning time deposits               735       735       1,715  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   45,412       45,412       53,826       53,826       53,826  
    Investment securities, available for sale   231,999       231,431       233,677       541,170       527,054  
    Investment securities, held to maturity   1,819,087       1,843,851       1,867,690       1,888,379       1,904,281  
    Loans held for sale   2,994       3,253       67,597       2,069       2,440  
    Gross loans held for investment (HFI)   4,985,582       4,909,815       4,847,040       4,803,996       4,822,840  
    Total Interest earning assets   7,121,272       7,113,784       7,271,696       7,416,194       7,351,566  
    Non-interest earning assets                  
    Allowance for credit losses   (54,399 )     (52,654 )     (51,980 )     (52,881 )     (52,215 )
    Cash   101,719       89,643       92,300       108,815       106,691  
    Cash value of life insurance   37,755       37,409       37,450       37,115       36,773  
    Other assets   148,773       143,675       152,635       119,026       165,656  
    Goodwill   155,211       155,211       155,211       155,211       155,211  
    Other intangible assets   8,592       9,407       10,223       11,067       11,910  
    Premises and equipment, net   93,398       93,499       93,864       93,544       93,695  
    Interest receivable   39,730       38,663       39,747       39,366       43,240  
    Total non-interest earning assets   530,779       514,855       529,450       511,263       560,961  
    Total assets $ 7,652,051     $ 7,628,639     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,526  
    Liabilities                  
    Savings and money market deposits $ 3,385,413     $ 3,393,371     $ 3,446,681     $ 3,420,827     $ 3,364,726  
    Time deposits   1,193,180       1,245,088       1,089,153       1,220,653       1,178,389  
    Borrowings   880,336       812,218       1,142,340       1,142,744       1,229,165  
    Repurchase agreements   95,089       87,851       89,912       122,399       128,169  
    Subordinated notes   55,807       55,772       55,738       55,703       55,668  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,583       57,531       57,477       57,423       57,369  
    Total interest earning liabilities   5,667,408       5,651,832       5,881,301       6,019,749       6,013,486  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   1,121,163       1,127,324       1,064,818       1,085,535       1,087,040  
    Interest payable   14,007       11,441       11,137       11,400       11,240  
    Other liabilities   58,621       61,981       80,308       55,951       74,096  
    Total liabilities   6,861,199       6,852,578       7,037,564       7,172,635       7,185,862  
    Stockholders’ Equity                  
    Preferred stock                            
    Common stock                            
    Additional paid-in capital   360,758       360,522       363,761       358,453       357,673  
    Retained earnings   466,497       452,945       436,122       454,050       442,977  
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)   (36,403 )     (37,406 )     (36,301 )     (57,681 )     (73,985 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   790,852       776,061       763,582       754,822       726,665  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,652,051     $ 7,628,639     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527  
                                           
      Loans and Deposits        
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)        
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   % Change
      2025
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
      Q2’25 vs
    Q1’25
      Q2’25 vs
    Q2’24
    Loans:                          
    Commercial real estate $ 2,321,951     $ 2,262,910     $ 2,202,858     $ 2,105,459     $ 2,117,772       3 %     10 %
    Commercial & Industrial   976,740       918,541       875,297       808,600       786,788       6 %     24 %
    Total commercial   3,298,691       3,181,451       3,078,155       2,914,059       2,904,560       4 %     14 %
    Residential Real estate   786,026       801,726       802,909       801,356       797,956       (2 )%     (1 )%
    Mortgage warehouse                     80,437       68,917       %     (100 )%
    Consumer   900,865       926,638       965,976       1,008,144       1,051,407       (3 )%     (14 )%
    Total loans held for investment   4,985,582       4,909,815       4,847,040       4,803,996       4,822,840       2 %     3 %
    Loans held for sale   2,994       3,253       67,597       2,069       2,440       (8 )%     23 %
    Total loans $ 4,988,576     $ 4,913,068     $ 4,914,637     $ 4,806,065     $ 4,825,280       2 %     3 %
                               
    Deposits:                          
    Interest bearing deposits $ 1,713,058     $ 1,713,991     $ 1,767,983     $ 1,688,998     $ 1,653,508       %     4 %
    Savings and money market deposits   1,672,355       1,679,380       1,678,697       1,731,830       1,711,218       %     (2 )%
    Time deposits   1,193,180       1,245,088       1,089,153       1,220,653       1,178,389       (4 )%     1 %
    Total Interest bearing deposits   4,578,593       4,638,459       4,535,833       4,641,481       4,543,115       (1 )%     1 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits                          
    Non-interest bearing deposits   1,121,164       1,127,324       1,064,819       1,085,534       1,087,040       (1 )%     3 %
    Total deposits $ 5,699,757     $ 5,765,784     $ 5,600,652     $ 5,727,015     $ 5,630,155       (1 )%     1 %
                                                       
      Average Balance Sheet
      (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
      Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Average
    Balance
    Interest(4)(6) Average
    Rate(4)
    Assets                  
    Interest earning assets                  
    Interest earning deposits (incl. Fed Funds Sold) $ 72,993   $ 830     4.56 % $ 223,148   $ 2,487     4.52 % $ 55,467   $ 738     5.35 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   45,412     1,075     9.49 %   51,769     1,012     7.93 %   53,827     1,521     11.36 %
    Investment securities – taxable (1)   959,238     4,867     2.03 %   974,109     5,027     2.09 %   1,309,305     6,465     1.99 %
    Investment securities – non-taxable (1)   1,100,731     7,706     2.81 %   1,120,249     7,838     2.84 %   1,132,065     8,072     2.87 %
    Total investment securities   2,059,969     12,573     2.45 %   2,094,358     12,865     2.49 %   2,441,370     14,537     2.39 %
    Loans receivable (2) (3)   4,947,093     79,000     6.41 %   4,865,449     74,840     6.24 %   4,662,124     72,208     6.23 %
    Total interest earning assets   7,125,467     93,478     5.26 %   7,234,724     91,204     5.11 %   7,212,788     89,004     4.96 %
    Non-interest earning assets                  
    Cash and due from banks   86,316         88,624         108,319      
    Allowance for credit losses   (52,560 )       (51,863 )       (50,334 )    
    Other assets   472,175         483,765         508,555      
    Total average assets $ 7,631,398       $ 7,755,250       $ 7,779,328      
                       
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                  
    Interest bearing liabilities                  
    Interest bearing demand deposits $ 1,727,713   $ 6,803     1.58 % $ 1,750,446   $ 6,491     1.50 % $ 1,656,523   $ 7,081     1.72 %
    Saving and money market deposits   1,651,866     8,200     1.99 %   1,674,590     8,263     2.00 %   1,677,967     9,733     2.33 %
    Time deposits   1,233,582     11,050     3.59 %   1,212,386     10,847     3.63 %   1,134,590     11,633     4.12 %
    Total Deposits   4,613,161     26,053     2.27 %   4,637,422     25,601     2.24 %   4,469,080     28,447     2.56 %
    Borrowings   847,862     7,777     3.68 %   971,496     8,772     3.66 %   1,184,172     10,278     3.49 %
    Repurchase agreements   88,058     394     1.79 %   88,469     416     1.91 %   125,144     935     3.00 %
    Subordinated notes   55,785     829     5.96 %   55,750     829     6.03 %   55,647     829     5.99 %
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,550     1,070     7.46 %   57,497     1,290     9.10 %   57,335     1,213     8.51 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   5,662,416     36,123     2.56 %   5,810,634     36,908     2.58 %   5,891,378     41,702     2.85 %
    Non-interest bearing liabilities                  
    Demand deposits   1,114,982         1,085,826         1,080,676      
    Accrued interest payable and other liabilities   64,465         78,521         80,942      
    Stockholders’ equity   789,535         780,269         726,332      
    Total average liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,631,398       $ 7,755,250       $ 7,779,328      
    Net FTE interest income (non-GAAP) (5)   $ 57,355       $ 54,296       $ 47,302    
    Less FTE adjustments (4)     2,001         2,029         2,023    
    Net Interest Income   $ 55,354       $ 52,267       $ 45,279    
    Net FTE interest margin (Non-GAAP) (4)(5)       3.23 %       3.04 %       2.64 %
     
    (1) Securities balances represent daily average balances for the fair value of securities. The average rate is calculated based on the daily average balance for the amortized cost of securities.
    (2) Includes fees on loans held for sale and held for investment. The inclusion of loan fees does not have a material effect on the average interest rate.
    (3) Non-accruing loans for the purpose of the computation above are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding. Loan totals are shown net of unearned income and deferred loan fees.
    (4) Management believes fully taxable equivalent, or FTE, interest income is useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s performance as a comparison of the returns between a tax-free investment and a taxable alternative. The Company adjusts interest income and average rates for tax-exempt loans and securities to an FTE basis utilizing a 21% tax rate.
    (5) Non-GAAP financial metric. See non-GAAP reconciliation included herein for the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
    (6) Includes dividend income on Federal Home Loan Bank stock
     
      Credit Quality        
      (Dollars in Thousands Except Ratios, Unaudited)        
      Quarter Ended        
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   % Change
      2025   2025   2024   2024   2024   Q2’25 vs
    Q1’25
      Q2’25 vs
    Q2’24
    Non-accrual loans                          
    Commercial $ 7,547     $ 8,172     $ 5,658     $ 6,830     $ 4,321       (8 )%     75 %
    Residential Real estate   9,525       12,763       11,215       9,529       8,489       (25 )%     12 %
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   7,222       7,875       8,919       7,208       5,453       (8 )%     32 %
    Total non-accrual loans   24,294       28,810       25,792       23,567       18,263       (16 )%     33 %
    90 days and greater delinquent – accruing interest   2,113       1,582       1,166       819       1,039       34 %     103 %
    Total non-performing loans $ 26,407     $ 30,392     $ 26,958     $ 24,386     $ 19,302       (13 )%     37 %
                               
    Other real estate owned                          
    Commercial $ 176     $ 360     $ 407     $ 1,158     $ 1,111       (51 )%     (84 )%
    Residential Real estate   463       641                         %     %
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   480       34       17       36       57       1311 %     742 %
    Total other real estate owned   1,119       1,035       424       1,194       1,168       8 %     (4 )%
                               
    Total non-performing assets $ 27,526     $ 31,427     $ 27,382     $ 25,580     $ 20,470       (12 )%     34 %
                               
    Loan data:                          
    Accruing 30 to 89 days past due loans $ 31,401     $ 19,034     $ 23,075     $ 18,087     $ 19,785       65 %     59 %
    Substandard loans   64,100       66,714       64,535       59,775       51,221       (4 )%     25 %
    Net charge-offs (recoveries)                          
    Commercial $ 84     $ (47 )   $ (32 )   $ (52 )   $ 57       (279 )%     47 %
    Residential Real estate   52       (47 )     (10 )     (9 )     (4 )     (211 )%     (1400 )%
    Mortgage warehouse                                 %     %
    Consumer   118       963       668       439       534       (88 )%     (78 )%
    Total net charge-offs $ 254     $ 869     $ 626     $ 378     $ 587       (71 )%     (57 )%
                               
    Allowance for credit losses                          
    Commercial $ 34,413     $ 32,640     $ 30,953     $ 32,854     $ 31,941       5 %     8 %
    Residential Real estate   3,229       3,167       2,715       2,675       2,588       2 %     25 %
    Mortgage warehouse                     862       736       %     (100 )%
    Consumer   16,757       16,847       18,312       16,490       16,950       (1 )%     (1 )%
    Total allowance for credit losses $ 54,399     $ 52,654     $ 51,980     $ 52,881     $ 52,215       3 %     4 %
                               
    Credit quality ratios                          
    Non-accrual loans to HFI loans   0.49 %     0.59 %     0.53 %     0.49 %     0.38 %        
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.36 %     0.41 %     0.35 %     0.32 %     0.26 %        
    Annualized net charge-offs of average total loans   0.02 %     0.07 %     0.05 %     0.03 %     0.05 %        
    Allowance for credit losses to HFI loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.07 %     1.10 %     1.08 %        
                                                   
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Net Fully-Taxable Equivalent (“FTE”) Interest Margin
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
     
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Interest income (GAAP) (A)   $ 91,477     $ 89,175     $ 93,350     $ 90,888     $ 86,981  
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment:                      
    Investment securities – tax exempt (1)       1,619       1,646       1,675       1,677       1,695  
    Loan receivable (2)       382       383       395       340       328  
    Interest income (non-GAAP) (B)     93,478       91,204       95,420       92,905       89,004  
    Interest expense (GAAP) (C)     36,123       36,908       40,223       43,978       41,702  
    Net interest income (GAAP) (D) =(A) – (C)   $ 55,354     $ 52,267     $ 53,127     $ 46,910     $ 45,279  
    Net FTE interest income (non-GAAP) (E) = (B) – (C)   $ 57,355     $ 54,296     $ 55,197     $ 48,927     $ 47,302  
    Average interest earning assets (F)     7,125,467       7,234,724       7,396,178       7,330,263       7,212,788  
    Net FTE interest margin (non-GAAP) (G) = (E*) / (F)     3.23 %     3.04 %     2.97 %     2.66 %     2.64 %
                           
    (1) The following represents municipal securities interest income for investment securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
    (2) The following represents municipal loan interest income for loan receivables classified as held for sale and held for investment
    *Annualized
     
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
     
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
                           
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) (A)   $ 20,643     $ 23,941     $ (10,882 )   $ 18,180     $ 14,140  
                           
    Average stockholders’ equity (B)   $ 789,535     $ 780,269     $ 755,340     $ 738,372     $ 726,332  
    Average intangible assets (C)     164,320       165,138       165,973       166,819       167,659  
    Average tangible equity (Non-GAAP) (D) = (B) – (C)   $ 625,215     $ 615,131     $ 589,367     $ 571,553     $ 558,673  
    Return on average tangible common equity (“ROACE”) (non-GAAP) (E) = (A*) / (D)     13.24 %     15.48 %   (7.35 )%     12.65 %     10.18 %
    *Annualized                      
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025   2025   2024   2024   2024
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP) (A)   $ 790,852     $ 776,061     $ 763,582     $ 754,822     $ 726,665  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)     163,802       164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121  
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (C) = (A) – (B)   $ 627,050     $ 611,443     $ 598,148     $ 588,544     $ 559,544  
                           
    Total assets (GAAP) (D)   $ 7,652,051     $ 7,628,636     $ 7,801,146     $ 7,927,457     $ 7,912,527  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)     163,802       164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121  
    Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) (E) = (D) – (B)   $ 7,488,249     $ 7,464,018     $ 7,635,712     $ 7,761,179     $ 7,745,406  
                           
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP) (G) = (C) / (E)     8.37 %     8.19 %     7.83 %     7.58 %     7.22 %
                                               
    Non–GAAP Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Share
    (Dollars in Thousands, Unaudited)
          Three Months Ended
          June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
          2025
      2025
      2024
      2024
      2024
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP) (A)   $ 790,852     $ 776,061     $ 763,582     $ 754,822     $ 726,665  
    Intangible assets (end of period) (B)     163,802       164,618       165,434       166,278       167,121  
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (C) = (A) – (B)   $ 627,050     $ 611,443     $ 598,148     $ 588,544     $ 559,544  
    Common shares outstanding (D)     43,801,507       43,786,000       43,722,086       43,712,059       43,712,059  
                           
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (E) = (C) / (D)   $ 14.32     $ 13.96     $ 13.68     $ 13.46     $ 12.80  
                                               
    Contact: John R. Stewart, CFA
      EVP, Chief Financial Officer
    Phone: (219) 814–5833
    Fax: (219) 874–9280
    Date: July 23, 2025

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: PM call with President Sandu of the Republic of Moldova: 23 July 2025

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Press release

    PM call with President Sandu of the Republic of Moldova: 23 July 2025

    The Prime Minister met the President of the Republic of Moldova, Maia Sandu, this afternoon.

    The Prime Minister met the President of the Republic of Moldova, Maia Sandu, this afternoon.

    Discussing Russia’s illegal war in Ukraine, the leaders agreed to work closely to stop the spread of malign disinformation and illicit finance, and the Prime Minister underscored the need to sanction those who seek to undermine democracy. 

    The Prime Minister updated the President on the progress of the Coalition of the Willing, and how all must ensure Ukraine is in the strongest possible position now and going forwards. The leaders discussed the effectiveness of sanctions on stopping Putin’s war machine, and how the international community must ramp up the pressure.

    The leaders agreed on the importance of an unconditional ceasefire and the necessity of a just and lasting peace in Ukraine.

    They looked forward to speaking soon.

    Updates to this page

    Published 23 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI USA: Cotton, Colleagues Introduce Legislation to Combat Chinese Drone Market Dominance

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Arkansas Tom Cotton

    FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
    Contact: Caroline Tabler or Patrick McCann (202) 224-2353
    July 23, 2025

    Cotton, Colleagues Introduce Legislation to Combat Chinese Drone Market Dominance

    Washington, DC — Senators Tom Cotton (R-Arkansas), Chris Coons (D-Delaware), and John Cornyn (R-Texas) today introduced the Leading Exports of Aerial Drones Act, or LEAD Act, legislation that would make it easier for American companies to sell unmanned aerial systems (UAS) to American allies and partners.

    “The current restrictions on UAS sales to allies and partners are outdated and put American companies at a disadvantage, all while ceding the market to Communist China. This bill will spur American business and innovation while decreasing global dependence on Chinese military technology,” said Senator Cotton.

    “Drones aren’t just the future of warfare—as we’re seeing in Ukraine, they’re its present, too. Against the backdrop of increasing alignment between Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea, we must ensure that the United States and our allies and partner have the weapons systems and munitions we need to defend ourselves. This bill is a first step towards the objective of greater military production, integration, and deterrence for the United States and our allies in an increasingly dangerous world,” said Senator Coons.

    “This commonsense legislation would cut red tape to make drone technology more accessible and foster greater strategic defense cooperation with our allies, and I’m glad to support it,” said Senator Cornyn.

    Bill text is here.

    The LEAD Act would:

    • Direct changes to the Arms Control Act, the United States Munitions List, and the Missile Technology Control Regime to require UAS be treated as manned aircraft and separately from missile technology for the purposes of defense transfers.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Ukrainian school in southwestern city of Chernivtsi reopens after major EU funded renovation

    Source: European Investment Bank

    EIB

    • School in Ukrainian city of Chernivtsi in southwestern Ukraine reopens after €930,000 renovation funded by EIB
    • Upgrades to Gymnasium No. 20 improve conditions for more than 400 students and teachers
    • Project covered by EIB’s €200 million Ukraine Early Recovery Programme

    A school in the southwestern Ukrainian city of Chernivtsi reopened today after major upgrades funded by the European Investment Bank (EIB). Gymnasium No. 20 – a primary and middle school – underwent a €930,000 renovation that improved conditions for more than 400 students and teachers.

    Among the students, who range in age from six to 15, are children who have been displaced by Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022.   

    The works included equipping the school building with full thermal insulation, a new roof, energy‑efficient windows and doors and a heating system that better regulates indoor temperatures and reduces energy costs. In addition, a new ramp and repaired entrances facilitated access to the premises, particularly for more than 10 children with disabilities.

    “The EIB plays a key role in helping Ukrainian municipalities restore essential social infrastructure,” said EIB Vice-President Teresa Czerwińska, who oversees the bank’s operations in Ukraine. “The renovated school in Chernivtsi is a clear example of how our support brings safer and more inclusive spaces for children to learn and thrive, even in challenging times.”

    The upgrades to Gymnasium No. 20 were completed in six months under a €200 million EIB initiative called the Ukraine Early Recovery Programme. The programme is one of three joint European Union‑EIB recovery initiatives carried out with the Ukrainian Ministry for Development of Communities and Territories of Ukraine, the Ministry of Finance and local authorities in participating cities, with technical support from the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP).

    “Reopening this school is a clear sign that recovery is happening on the ground,” said Deputy Prime Minister for Restoration of Ukraine and Minister for Communities and Territories Development of Ukraine Oleksii Kuleba. “Together with our European partners, we are creating safer, more resilient communities for Ukrainians.”

    Chernivtsi Mayor Roman Klichuk echoed the point: “Thanks to our European partners, more than 400 children and staff now have a warm, safe and modern school that meets their needs.”

    In the Chernivtsi region, or oblast, the EIB is also funding two projects to repair administrative service centres and four projects to upgrade heating, water supply and sewage systems. These initiatives, as was the case with the renovation of Gymnasium No. 20, are being carried out in cooperation with the Chernivtsi Regional Military Administration and the Chernivtsi City Council.

    “Every renovated school – like the one in Chernivtsi – is a building block in Ukraine’s recovery,” said Stefan Schleuning, Head of Cooperation at the EU Delegation to Ukraine. “Together with the EIB, we are working hand in hand with communities across the country to help rebuild a stronger Ukraine.”

    “More renovations to facilities will follow to strengthen the region’s social infrastructure,” said Ruslan Zaparaniuk, head of the Chernivtsi Regional Military Administration.

    “Through our partnership with the EIB and local authorities, UNDP is helping Ukraine rebuild more strongly by ensuring recovery investments enhance community resilience and establish sustainable foundations for long-term development,” said UNDP Resident Representative in Ukraine Auke Lootsma. “Projects such as this school renovation in Chernivtsi embody this approach.”

    Background information

    The EIB in Ukraine 

    Present in Ukraine since 2007, the EIB has stepped up its financial support for the country’s resilience and modernisation since Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022. Since then, the EIB has provided €3.6 billion in financing, with almost two-thirds already disbursed. Through its EU for Ukraine (EU4U) Initiative, coupled with its key role in implementing a dedicated window under Pillar 2 of the Ukraine Facility, the EIB is strongly committed to stepping up and accelerating its activities in line with the mandate given by EU leaders and in close cooperation with the European Commission, the European Parliament, Member States and international partners. 

    EIB recovery programmes in Ukraine

    The reconstruction of the gymnasium in Chernivtsi was carried out under the Ukraine Early Recovery Programme, one of three recovery initiatives supported by the European Investment Bank (EIB). As of July 2025, the EIB has provided €740 million through these programmes to support Ukraine’s recovery.  The funding helps the government to restore essential services in communities across the country – including schools, kindergartens, hospitals, housing, heating and water systems. These EIB-backed programmes are further supported by €15 million in EU grants to facilitate implementation. The Ministry for Development of Communities and Territories of Ukraine, in cooperation with the Ministry of Finance, coordinates and oversees programme implementation, while local authorities and self-governments are responsible for managing recovery sub-projects. The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) in Ukraine provides technical assistance to local communities, supporting project implementation and ensuring independent monitoring for transparency and accountability. More information about the programmes is available here.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Bacon Hosts Tele-Townhall on July 21, 2025?

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Don Bacon (2nd District of Nebraska)

    Bacon Hosts Tele-Townhall on July 21, 2025?

    Washington, July 23, 2025

    Bacon Hosts Tele-Townhall on July 21, 2025

    Washington – Rep. Don Bacon (NE-02) hosted a tele-townhall on July 21, 2025, for the people of Nebraska’s Second Congressional district to discuss the latest issues in Congress and around the world. 

    During the tele-townhall, Rep. Bacon addressed several key topics including the recently passed reconciliation bill that the extended tax cuts, the recissions package, updates on the Ukraine war, immigration reform, his priorities for the remainder of his term, and much more. The tele-townhall had over 7,200 participants in addition to 414 audio streaming participants. You can listen to the entire tele-townhall here.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: PM call with President Erdoğan of Türkiye: 22 July 2025

    Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

    Press release

    PM call with President Erdoğan of Türkiye: 22 July 2025

    The Prime Minister spoke to the President of Türkiye Recep Tayyip Erdoğan yesterday evening.

    The Prime Minister spoke to the President of Türkiye Recep Tayyip Erdoğan yesterday evening.

    The two leaders looked ahead to today’s International Defence Industry Fair in Istanbul, where their Defence Ministers have taken the next step towards signing a multi-billion-pound export deal of UK-built Typhoon jets to Türkiye. 

    The Prime Minister added that once fully finalised, this enhanced military co-operation will strengthen NATO’s collective defences and keep us safer during uncertain times, as well as sustaining 20,000 UK jobs and driving growth. 

    Turning to the Middle East, they discussed the intolerable situation in Gaza and underlined the urgent need for more aid and an urgent ceasefire, in order to pave the way for a two-state solution and a secure future for Palestinians and Israelis.

    They reiterated their concern about the recent violence in Syria, and agreed that the ceasefire must hold.

    The Prime Minister thanked the President for Türkiye’s convening role in the upcoming talks between Russia and Ukraine in Istanbul today, as well as the discussions due to take place on Iran’s nuclear programme later this week.

    Updates to this page

    Published 23 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Submissions: How the nature of environmental law is changing in defense of the planet and the climate

    Source: The Conversation – USA (2) – By Dana Zartner, Professor of International Studies, University of San Francisco

    A 2017 New Zealand law recognizes inherent rights of the Whanganui River. Jason Pratt, CC BY-SA

    While the dangerous effects of climate change continue to worsen, legal efforts to address a range of environmental issues are also on the rise.

    Headlines across the globe tout many of these legal actions: South Korea’s Climate Law Violates Rights of Future Generations; Ukraine is Ground Zero in Battle for Ecocide Law; Paris Wants to Grant the River Seine Legal Personhood; and Montana Court Rules Children Have the Right to a Healthy Environment, to name a few recent examples.

    As an environmental lawyer, I see that most of these suits use one of five legal strategies that have been developed over the past couple of decades. These approaches vary in terms of who is filing the lawsuit, against whom, and whether the underlying legal perspective is based on protecting human rights or the rights of the environment itself. But they all share an innovative approach to protect all life on this planet.

    1. Right to a healthy environment

    In 2022, the United Nations declared that humans have “the right to a clean, healthy and sustainable environment … essential to protecting human life, well-being and dignity.” More than 150 countries have similar declarations in their constitutions or laws, often alongside protections for other human rights, such as those to education and medical care.

    These rights are held by humans, so people can sue for alleged violations. Typically they sue one or more government agencies, whose responsibility it is to protect human rights.

    One recent case using this approach was Held v. Montana, in which a group of young people in 2024 won a lawsuit against the state of Montana for violating the state constitution’s right to a “clean and healthful environment.” The state Supreme Court agreed with the plaintiffs and struck down a law barring the consideration of climate effects when evaluating proposals for fossil fuel extraction. Similar cases have been heard in the U.S. and other countries around the world.

    Rikki Held, the lead plaintiff in the Montana case, center seated, confers with the Our Children’s Trust legal team before the start of the trial on June 12, 2023.
    William Campbell/Getty Images

    2. The rights of future generations

    A legal concept called “intergenerational equity” is the idea that present generations must “responsibly use and conserve natural resources for the benefit of future generations.” First codified in international law in the 1972 Stockholm Declaration, the principle has been gaining popularity in recent decades. International organizations and national governments have enshrined this principle in law.

    Focused on humans’ rights, these laws allow people and groups to bring claims, usually against governments, for allowing activities that are altering the environment in ways that will harm future generations. One well-known case that relied on this legal principle is Future Generations v. Ministry of the Environment and Others, in which a Colombian court in 2018 agreed with young people who had sued, finding that the Colombian government’s allowance of “rampant deforestation in the Amazon” violated the pact of intergenerational equity.

    3. Government responsibility

    Another human-centered approach is the public trust doctrine, which establishes “that certain natural and cultural resources are preserved for public use” and that governments have a responsibility to protect them for everyone’s benefit.

    While the concept of “public trust” has long existed in the law, recently it has been used to bring suit against governments for their failure to address climate change and other environmental degradation. In Urgenda Foundation v. the State of the Netherlands, a Dutch court held in 2019 that the government has a responsibility to mitigate the effects of climate change due to the “severity of the consequences of climate change and the great risk of climate change occurring.” Since the decision, the Dutch government has sought to reduce emissions by phasing out the use of coal, increasing reliance on renewable energy and aiming to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050.

    Government responsibility for the public trust was also a basis of the Juliana v. U.S. case, where a group of young people sued the U.S. government for breaching the public trust by not doing enough to curb greenhouse gas emissions. The U.S. Supreme Court ultimately declined to hear an appeal of a lower court’s ruling, but the lack of a specific ruling by the nation’s highest court has given continued hope to new cases, which continue to be filed based on the same principle.

    A documentary examining the movement to protect the rights of nature.

    4. Rights of nature

    The rights of nature is one of the fastest-growing environmental legal strategies of the past decade. Since Ecuador recognized the rights of Pachamama, the Quechua name for Mother Earth, in its Constitution in 2008, more than 500 laws on the rights of nature have been enacted around the world.

    The principle recognizes the legal rights of natural entities, such as rivers, mountains, ecosystems or even something as specific as wild rice. The laws that grant these rights don’t focus on humans but rather nature itself, often including language that the natural entity has the right to “exist and persist.”

    The laws then provide a mechanism for the natural entity – whether through a specific group assigned legal guardianship or other community efforts – to protect itself by filing lawsuits in court. In the 2018 Colombian case, the court found that the Amazon ecosystem has rights, which must be respected and protected.

    Similarly, in Bangladesh in 2019 the courts recognized the rights of all the country’s rivers, requiring, among other things, a halt on damaging development along the rivers that block their natural flow. The court also created a commission to serve as legal guardians of the country’s rivers.

    The destruction of a dam in Ukraine, which emptied this former reservoir, is being investigated as a possible crime of ecocide.
    Tarasov/Ukrinform/Future Publishing via Getty Images

    5. Defining a new crime: Ecocide

    In 2024, the governments of Vanuatu, Fiji and Samoa formally proposed that the international community recognize a new crime under international law. Called “ecocide,” the principle takes a nature-focused approach and includes any unlawful act committed with “the knowledge that there is a substantial likelihood of severe and either widespread or long-term damage to the environment.”

    Put another way, what genocide is to humans, ecocide is to nature. It is being proposed as an addition to the 2002 Rome Statute, which created the International Criminal Court to prosecute war crimes, genocide and crimes against humanity.

    While the idea is relatively new, in addition to the international efforts, several countries have incorporated ecocide into their laws – including Vietnam, France, Chile and Ukraine. A Ukrainian prosecutor is currently investigating the June 2023 destruction of a dam in a Russian-occupied area of the country as a potential crime of ecocide, because of the widespread flooding and habitat destruction that resulted.

    The European Union has also incorporated ecocide into its Environmental Crime Directive, which applies to all EU member countries, providing them with a mechanism to hear ecocide claims in their national courts.

    Using these ideas

    Each of these legal concepts has the potential to increase protection for the environment – and the people who live in it. But determining which strategy has the greatest chance of success depends on the details of the existing law and legal system in each community.

    All of these legal strategies have a role in the fight to protect and preserve the environment as an integral, interdependent living thing that is vitally important to us as humans but also in its own right.

    Dana Zartner is a volunteer with the Earth Law Center assisting with the editing of toolkits and guides, but has not worked on any of its lawsuits.

    ref. How the nature of environmental law is changing in defense of the planet and the climate – https://theconversation.com/how-the-nature-of-environmental-law-is-changing-in-defense-of-the-planet-and-the-climate-258982

    MIL OSI

  • MIL-OSI Banking: RBI Bulletin – July 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India

    Today, the Reserve Bank released the July 2025 issue of its monthly Bulletin. The Bulletin includes four speeches, four articles and current statistics.

    The four articles are: I. State of the Economy; II. Revisiting the Oil Price and Inflation Nexus in India; III. Determinants of Overnight Uncollateralised Money Market Volume- An Empirical Assessment; and IV. Household Inflation Expectations in India: Emerging Trends, Determinants and Impact of Monetary Policy.

    I. State of the Economy

    The global macroeconomic environment remained fluid in June and July so far amidst geo-political tensions and tariff policy uncertainties. Domestic economic activity held up, with improving kharif agricultural season prospects, continuation of strong momentum in the services sector and modest growth in industrial activity. Headline CPI inflation remained below 4 per cent for the fifth consecutive month in June driven by deflation in food prices. System liquidity remained in surplus to facilitate a faster transmission of policy rate cuts to the credit markets. The external sector remained resilient, backed by ample foreign exchange reserves and a moderate external debt-to-GDP ratio.

    II. Revisiting the Oil Price and Inflation Nexus in India

    By Sujata Kundu, Soumasree Tewari and Indranil Bhattacharyya

    In the backdrop of volatile global crude oil prices and a less regulated petrol and diesel prices regime, this paper reassesses the impact of international crude oil price movements on headline inflation in the Indian context.

    Highlights:

    • Since the pandemic, the global economy has experienced large gyrations in crude oil prices. India, being a net oil importer, has remained susceptible to the vagaries of global crude oil prices and has been actively intervening in the domestic fuel market to contain the adverse fallout of higher oil prices on domestic inflation and output.

    • Empirical estimates suggest that a 10 per cent rise in global crude oil prices could increase India’s headline inflation by around 20 basis points on a contemporaneous basis. In the post-pandemic period, the impact on inflation, although largely contained, has been statistically significant with the surge in crude oil prices owing to the post-pandemic demand revival, which further intensified due to the supply chain disruptions caused by the outbreak of the Russia-Ukraine war in early 2022.

    • While Government measures have limited the impact of global crude oil price fluctuations on headline inflation, increase in oil import dependency warrants measures not only to contain the spillovers to domestic prices but also to gradually transit towards alternative sources of fuel for more efficient management of domestic fuel prices in the long run.

    III. Determinants of Overnight Uncollateralised Money Market Volume – An Empirical Assessment

    By Srijashree Sardar and Alqama Pervez

    The uncollateralised money market holds a pivotal position in India’s monetary framework, serving as the principal avenue for the exchange of central bank reserves. Its significance is further underscored by the fact that the weighted average call rate (WACR) functions as the operating target of the Reserve Bank of India’s monetary policy. Against this backdrop, the article seeks to empirically examine the factors influencing trading volumes in the unsecured interbank segment of the Indian money market.

    Highlights:

    • The temporal distribution of trades in the call money market exhibits skewness within the day. The bulk of the trades occur in the first hour of any given day which may be attributed to the fact that primary dealers, the major borrowers in the segment, tend to fulfil their funding needs early in the day.

    • System liquidity conditions, spread of the weighted average call rate over the policy repo rate, divergence of overnight forward premia from interest rate differential, inflows to and outflows from government accounts, trading volume of the collateralised segment and market trading hours are found to have a significant impact on call volume during the period of the study (2019-2024).

    • Divergence of overnight forward premia from the interest rate differential has a positive impact on call volume, indicating arbitrage by banks during times of such divergence.

    • Co-operative banks participation in call money market decreased significantly after the Reserve Bank’s directive for mandatory membership on NDS-CALL trading platform for call money market activity. It has, however, rebounded in the recent months, following an increase in membership of co-operative banks.

    IV. Household Inflation Expectations in India: Emerging Trends, Determinants and Impact of Monetary Policy

    By Ankit Ruhi, Kanupriya Sharma and Subhadhra Sankaran

    Household inflation expectations rose in the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic and geopolitical tensions, and have remained largely elevated since. In view of these developments, this article analyses the evolving trends in household inflation expectations. It proposes alternative methods for adjusting higher values of expectations reported in Inflation Expectations Survey of Households and identifies the key macroeconomic factors influencing these expectations. Finally, the impact of policy interventions, especially since the adoption of flexible inflation targeting (FIT) regime, is also examined.

    Highlights:

    • Households’ inflation expectations exhibit systematic upward bias compared to those of professionals and businesses, even in periods of stable or low inflation.

    • Median inflation expectation and the disagreement across demographic groups is gradually moderating since 2023-24.

    • Perceived past inflation expectations add to stickiness in household expectations even as influence of realised inflation dynamics becomes stronger when expectations are adjusted for extreme values.

    • Transition to the FIT regime has successfully aided in stabilising inflation expectations. Monetary policy actions are found to effectively anchor inflation expectations.

    • While headline inflation is more influential than food inflation, volatile and broad-based food inflation may keep overall expectations elevated, underscoring the importance of continued policy emphasis on headline inflation.

    The views expressed in the Bulletin articles are of the authors and do not represent the views of the Reserve Bank of India.

    (Puneet Pancholy)  
    Chief General Manager

    Press Release: 2025-2026/769

    MIL OSI Global Banks

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Ukraine Loses French Mirage 2000 Fighter Jet for the First Time

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    KYIV, July 23 (Xinhua) — Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky said in a video address on Wednesday that a Mirage 2000 fighter jet donated to the country by France had crashed, marking the first known loss of the type of aircraft by Ukraine.

    The Ukrainian Air Force, in turn, stated on Telegram that the plane crash occurred due to equipment failure on Tuesday evening while performing a flight mission.

    The pilot managed to eject and was found by a search and rescue team. His condition is assessed as stable. There are no casualties on the ground.

    A special commission has been created to determine the causes of the accident.

    The Mirage 2000 is a fourth-generation multirole fighter jet. It is capable of carrying long-range Storm Shadow/SCALP-EG cruise missiles. Ukraine received its first batch of Mirage 2000 aircraft in February this year. –0–

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    .

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI China: Walaza crowned in 100m, USA claim 4 more swimming golds at Universiade

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    Bayanda Walaza sprinted to the men’s 100m title to give South Africa its third gold medal at the Rhine-Ruhr World University Games, while Team USA continued to dominate the swimming pool with four more golds on Tuesday night.

    The Paris 2024 Olympian and world junior champion crossed the line in 10.16 seconds, edging Thailand’s Puripol Boonson (10.22), the same rival he beat at last year’s under-20 global competition in Peru. Asian champion Hiroki Yanagita finished third, just 0.01 seconds behind Boonson.

    “I feel glorified. I believe in winning. As soon as I was on that [start] line, I was looking at that finish line. My mind was there. I need to cross it before everyone,” said Walaza, who, at just 18, ran the leadoff leg in the men’s 4x100m relay final to help South Africa claim silver at Paris 2024.

    Ai Yanhan (3rd L) of China competes during the women’s 200m freestyle final of swimming at the Rhine-Ruhr 2025 FISU World University Games in Berlin, Germany, July 22, 2025. (Xinhua/Du Zheyu)

    Walaza became just the ninth South African to break the 10-second barrier in the 100m when he clocked 9.94 in Zagreb in May. Weeks earlier, he set a national junior record of 20.08 in the 200m.

    Australia’s Georgia Harris won the women’s 100m in 11.44, ahead of Poland’s Magdalena Stefanowicz (11.49) and South Africa’s Gabriella Marais (11.51).

    Germany claimed a one-two finish in the men’s discus, with Mika Sosna winning gold with a throw of 64.26 meters and Steven Richter taking silver at 61.77. Ukraine’s Mykhailo Brudin posted a season-best 60.71 to earn bronze.

    The women’s long jump podium was separated by just three centimeters. Portugal’s Agate Sousa leaped 6.60 meters, two centimeters ahead of China’s Asian Games champion Xiong Shiqi, who finished one centimeter ahead of Spain’s Natalia Gonzalez.

    “It’s a pity to miss the top place by just two centimeters,” said Xiong, who earned China’s first athletics medal at the Games. “But the result is compatible with my capability and my expectation. I want to inspire my teammates in the upcoming track and field competitions with this very first medal in the stadium for China.”

    Swedish Olympian Axelina Johansson won the women’s shot put with a throw of 18.45 meters. American top qualifier Abria Smith followed with 17.38, while South Africa’s Colette Uys claimed bronze at 17.34, narrowly ahead of compatriot Mine de Klerk by one centimeter.

    Seven finals were contested in the pool, with Team USA winning four. The American men continued their relay dominance with a record-breaking win in the 4x200m freestyle, finishing in 7:04.51 to break the previous Games mark of 7:05.49 set by Russia in 2013.

    Cavan Gormsen surged from eighth to first on the back half of the women’s 200m freestyle, winning gold for the U.S. in 1:57.21. She closed the final 50 meters in 29.13 to pass three swimmers and edge China’s Ai Yanhan by 0.3 seconds.

    Leah Shackley broke her own day-old meet record to win the women’s 50m backstroke in 27.31 seconds, trimming 0.3 off her semifinal time of 27.66.

    In the women’s 200m individual medley, another American, Leah Hayes, won gold in 2:09.48, improving on her Games record from the semifinal.

    Competing as a neutral athlete, Aleksandr Stepanov won his second freestyle distance title of the meet with victory in the men’s 800m in 7:46.51, finishing nearly four seconds ahead of Italy’s Tommaso Griffante.

    Italy’s Gianmarco Sansone claimed gold in the men’s 100m butterfly with a personal-best 51.40. Germany’s Bjorn Kammann finished second in 51.70, followed by Uzbekistan’s Eldorbek Usmonov (51.84).

    Federico Rizzardi earned Italy’s second gold of the session, winning the men’s 50m breaststroke in 27.14, nearly 0.2 seconds ahead of the field.

    In diving, China’s Zhang Wenao won gold in the men’s 1m springboard with 425.85 points, followed by teammate Hu Yukang (368.75). Germany’s Tim Axur took bronze with 354.80.

    South Korea claimed its fifth fencing gold by edging France 45-43 in the women’s sabre team event. Italy secured its third fencing title with a commanding 45-20 win over Poland in the men’s foil team final.

    The top three on the medal table remained unchanged after the sixth day of competition. The U.S. leads with 21 golds (20 in swimming), 12 silvers and 20 bronzes, followed by China (12-17-4) and South Korea (11-5-13). Host Germany sits fourth with seven golds, six silvers and eight bronzes. 

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI: Tensor Processing Unit (TPU) Market Set to Hit USD 24.1 Billion by 2032, Growing at 31.90% CAGR, Fueled by Rapid AI and Machine Learning Adoption | AnalystView Market Insights

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    San Francisco, USA, July 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The global Tensor Processing Unit (TPU) Market is poised for substantial growth, with projections indicating a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 31.90%, reaching a market value of approximately USD 24,097.31 million by 2032. TPUs, or Tensor Processing Units, are highly specialized application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) originally developed by Google to address the increasing demands of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) workloads.

    Unlike traditional CPUs and GPUs, Tensor Processing Units (TPUs) are engineered to accelerate tensor operations—the core of neural network training and inference—by efficiently executing large-scale matrix multiplications with minimal power usage. This specialized architecture makes TPUs ideal for deep learning across industries such as healthcare (advanced imaging diagnostics), finance (algorithmic trading and fraud detection), automotive, and telecommunications.

    On the government front, federal support is strong: the FY 2025 U.S. budget proposes hundreds of millions for foundational AI R&D via the NSF, AI talent initiatives, and the National AI Research Resource pilot. Additionally, in May 2024, Senate leaders called for at least USD 32 billion per year in non‑defense AI funding to maintain U.S. leadership. These commitments, combined with private-sector uptake, are accelerating TPU adoption nationwide.

    Grab a Complimentary Sample Report PDF @ https://analystviewmarketinsights.com/request_sample/AV3789

    Market Key Players- Detailed Competitive Insights

    • Amazon Web Services, Inc.
    • Google Inc.
    • Graphcore
    • IBM Corporation
    • Intel Corporation
    • Micron Technology
    • Microsoft Corporation
    • NVIDIA Corporation
    • Qualcomm Technologies
    • Xilinx Inc.
    • Others

    Why TPUs Are Gaining Momentum

    Unlike general-purpose CPUs and GPUs, TPUs are engineered specifically to handle large-scale matrix operations required in artificial intelligence (AI) applications. Their architecture is tailored to perform these operations with superior efficiency and lower energy consumption, making them a preferred choice for AI model training and inference. This specialized capability enables significantly faster processing of data, accelerating development cycles in AI and reducing infrastructure costs.

    With the AI industry poised to contribute over $14 trillion to the global economy by 2035, the demand for high-performance, scalable, and energy-efficient computing solutions like TPUs is accelerating. These processors are already widely adopted in data centers, cloud AI platforms, and AI research environments, acting as the backbone for high-speed machine learning tasks.

    Widespread Adoption Across Key Sectors

    The impact of TPUs extends across multiple industries:

    • Healthcare: Enhancing diagnostics, image recognition, and real-time patient data analysis.
    • Finance: Powering fraud detection systems, algorithmic trading platforms, and real-time risk analytics.
    • Automotive: Enabling autonomous driving systems through high-speed data processing.
    • Manufacturing & Logistics: Driving real-time automation and predictive analytics in smart factories.

    Cloud platforms like Google Cloud TPU, AWS Inferentia, and Microsoft Azure AI Infrastructure are offering TPUs as-a-service, allowing organizations to scale their AI capabilities without hefty hardware investments.

    Driving the Future of Edge Computing and IoT

    The role of TPUs is also expanding into edge computing and Internet of Things (IoT) deployments. These chips enable AI models to operate locally on edge devices, reducing data transmission delays and enhancing real-time decision-making. In smart cities, autonomous vehicles, and connected devices, TPUs are crucial for low-latency, high-efficiency AI operations at the network edge.

    As smart infrastructure and IoT ecosystems expand, TPUs will become even more integral in delivering real-time intelligence, particularly in mission-critical environments such as traffic management, remote diagnostics, and predictive maintenance.

    Competitive Strategies and Market Trends

    To remain competitive, key players in the TPU market are investing in:

    • Strategic Partnerships: Collaborating with cloud providers and AI software developers to integrate TPUs seamlessly into broader ecosystems.
    • Product Innovation: Designing next-gen TPUs with enhanced performance for tasks like generative AI, large language models, and advanced analytics.
    • Vertical Integration: Major tech firms such as Google, Amazon, and Apple are increasingly bringing TPU development in-house to optimize cost, performance, and control over their AI stacks.

    A notable trend is the rise of custom TPU designs, where companies develop hardware specifically tailored to niche AI applications. Whether it’s accelerating natural language processing or optimizing vision models for robotics, these customized chips deliver precise performance gains.

    Market Outlook and Future Prospects

    With AI adoption accelerating across multiple industries, the demand for Tensor Processing Units (TPUs) is expected to grow exponentially. According to projections from the U.S. Department of Commerce, the global AI market could reach USD 190.6 billion by 2025, positioning TPUs as a foundational technology in this expansion.

    Designed for high-speed, energy-efficient processing of complex tensor operations, TPUs enable faster training and deployment of advanced AI models. As businesses increasingly adopt data-driven strategies, TPUs are powering applications across healthcare, finance, automotive, and telecommunications, improving efficiency, decision-making, and scalability. This unique capability ensures TPUs will remain integral to the next wave of AI innovation. 

    TABLE OF CONTENT:

    1. Tensor Processing Unit Market Overview
    1.1. Study Scope
    1.2. Market Estimation Years
    2. Executive Summary
    2.1. Market Snippet
    2.1.1. Tensor Processing Unit Market Snippet by Deployment
    2.1.2. Tensor Processing Unit Market Snippet by Application
    2.1.3. Tensor Processing Unit Market Snippet by End User
    2.1.4. Tensor Processing Unit Market Snippet by Country
    2.1.5. Tensor Processing Unit Market Snippet by Region
    2.2. Competitive Insights
    3. Tensor Processing Unit Key Market Trends
    3.1. Tensor Processing Unit Market Drivers
    3.1.1. Impact Analysis of Market Drivers
    3.2. Tensor Processing Unit Market Restraints
    3.2.1. Impact Analysis of Market Restraints
    3.3. Tensor Processing Unit Market Opportunities
    3.4. Tensor Processing Unit Market Future Trends
    4. Tensor Processing Unit Industry Study
    4.1. PEST Analysis
    4.2. Porter’s Five Forces Analysis
    4.3. Growth Prospect Mapping
    4.4. Regulatory Framework Analysis
    5. Tensor Processing Unit Market: Impact of Escalating Geopolitical Tensions
    5.1. Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic
    5.2. Impact of Russia-Ukraine War
    5.3. Impact of Middle East Conflicts
    6. Tensor Processing Unit Market Landscape
    6.1. Tensor Processing Unit Market Share Analysis, 2024
    6.2. Breakdown Data, by Key Manufacturer
    6.2.1. Established Players’ Analysis
    6.2.2. Emerging Players’ Analysis……

    Unlock insights into territorial performance, business segmentation, and player analysis.@ https://www.analystviewmarketinsights.com/reports/report-highlight-tensor-processing-unit-market

    Key Report Benefits:

    • In-depth analysis of top market players and strategic initiatives
    • Comprehensive regional outlook and growth hotspots
    • Insights into emerging TPU applications in cloud, edge, and industry-specific solutions
    • Future projections and competitive landscape assessments

    Browse more Reports from AnalystView Market Insights:

    Automotive Hinges Market

    Wire-to-Board Connector Market

    Medical Connectors Market

    In-Wheel Motor Market

    H2-ICE Market

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI China: Russia expands entry ban list in response to EU’s new sanctions

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    Russia has substantially expanded its entry ban list of representatives of EU institutions and member states, as well as other European countries, the Russian foreign ministry said Tuesday.

    The list includes members of law enforcement agencies, government and commercial organisations, and citizens of EU member countries and other Western countries responsible for “supplying military aid to Kiev, facilitating deliveries of dual-purpose products to Ukraine, engaging in activities aimed at undermining Russia’s territorial integrity, or organising blockades against Russian vessels and cargo in the Baltic Sea,” said the ministry in a statement in response to the EU’s 17th and 18th packages of sanctions against Russia.

    It includes representatives of EU bodies, national authorities of EU countries and other European states involved in politically motivated prosecution of Russian officials for alleged “illegal detentions and deportations from Ukrainian territory,” those supporting the creation of a so-called “tribunal” against the Russian leadership, and advocates of confiscating Russian state assets or redirecting revenues from them to the benefit of Kiev, it said.

    The list also covers individuals responsible for drafting or enforcing anti-Russia sanctions, those attempting to damage Russia’s relations with other states, outspoken Russophobic activists and representatives of the academic community, as well as EU and European Parliament deputies who have voted for anti-Russia resolutions and draft laws, it added.

    “Further sanctions-related decisions by the EU will also be met with a timely and appropriate response,” said the ministry.

    The Council of the European Union approved the 17th and 18th packages of sanctions on Russia on May 20 and July 18, respectively.

    The 18th package of sanctions blacklisted over 50 individuals and entities. The price cap for Russian oil was reduced from 60 U.S. dollars to 47.6 U.S. dollars per barrel. The EU also banned the import of petroleum products made of Russian oil. 

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Rep. Doggett Appointed to U.S. Helsinki Commission

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Lloyd Doggett (D-TX)

    Contact: Alexis Torres  

    Washington, D.C.—U.S. Representative Lloyd Doggett (D-Texas) announced his appointment to serve on the Commission on Security and Cooperation in Europe, also known as the Helsinki Commission. Created in 1976, this independent U.S. Government agency monitors compliance and advancement of human rights, democracy, economic, environmental, and military cooperation in the 57-nation Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) region.

    “I am pleased to represent Austin, a vibrant international community, in an international organization founded upon the defense of human rights and fundamental freedoms. With an authoritarian president at home and so many troubling conflicts abroad, the Helsinki Commission offers me another forum for engaging with its mission of democracy promotion, international cooperation, and peaceful conflict resolution,” said Rep. Doggett.  “As some urge ‘go-it-alone’ and others promote isolationism, I believe our security can be assured only through collaboration with our allies and strong diplomacy with our adversaries.” 

    Throughout his career, Rep. Doggett has been a strong champion for the rule of law, international human rights, and peace. Previously, he led whip efforts against President George W. Bush’s disastrous invasion of Iraq, warning of the consequences of what would become the worst foreign policy decision in American history. He was a leader in House efforts to protect the Iran nuclear agreement, formally known as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), which was successfully negotiated during the Obama administration, but later rejected by President Trump. His name is also on the first sanctions legislation against Russia following its invasion of Ukraine. The Congressman was also a frequent participant in previous Helsinki Commission events, such as its Parliamentary Assembly and an investigation of Russian war crimes conducted in the same historic Nuremberg, Germany courtroom in which Nazi war criminals were once convicted.

    Congress originally created the Helsinki Commission in response to dissidents in the Soviet Union and its Eastern European allies, who saw the Helsinki Final Act as a new opportunity to hold governments accountable for their human rights records. The end of the Cold War allowed the Commission to expand its commitment to new areas, such as free and fair elections, energy security and the environment, and combating corruption and terrorism. The Commission is currently chaired by Senator Roger Wicker (R-MS), Chair of the Senate Armed Services Committee. It also consists of members from the United States Senate and U.S. House of Representatives, as well as the Departments of State, Defense, and Commerce.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-Evening Report: ER Report: A Roundup of Significant Articles on EveningReport.nz for July 23, 2025

    ER Report: Here is a summary of significant articles published on EveningReport.nz on July 23, 2025.

    Hard labour conditions of online moderators directly affect how well the internet is policed – new study
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Tania Chatterjee, Joint PhD Candidate at Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, The University of Queensland Getty Images/GCShutter Big tech platforms often present content moderation as a seamless, tech‑driven system. But human labour, often outsourced to countries such as India and the Philippines, plays a pivotal role in

    Ghosted by a friend? 4 expert tips on how to handle the hurt
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Megan Willis, Associate Professor, School of Behavioural and Health Sciences, Australian Catholic University martin-dm/Getty When we talk about “ghosting”, we usually think it relates to dating. But what happens when you’ve been ghosted by someone you’ve known for years – your childhood best friend, a parent, a

    Labor’s new bill would cut HELP loans by 20%. But it also risks locking some graduates into a ‘debt treadmill’
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Andrew Norton, Professor of Higher Education Policy, Monash University The Albanese government’s 20% cut to student debt is the first bill introduced to the new federal parliament. It is clever politics. In the government’s first term, the 3 million Australians with a student debt turned high indexation

    ICJ climate crisis ruling: Will world’s top court back Pacific-led call to hold governments accountable?
    By Jamie Tahana in The Hague for RNZ Pacific In 2019, a group of law students at the University of the South Pacific, frustrated at the slow pace with which the world’s governments were moving to address the climate crisis, had an idea — they would take the world’s governments to court. They arranged a

    ‘Maybe this is the last minutes you are living’: how the war is impacting young Ukrainians
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Ashley Humphrey, Lecturer in Social Sciences, Monash University Now into its fourth year, the war that followed Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has taken a devastating toll. An estimated 60,000 to 100,0000 Ukrainian lives have been lost and more than 10 million citizens displaced, and entire cities have

    Auckland is NZ’s ‘primate city’ but its potential remains caged in by poor planning and vision
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Timothy Welch, Senior Lecturer in Urban Planning, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau Getty Images The recent report comparing Auckland to nine international peer cities delivered an uncomfortable truth: our largest city is falling behind, hampered by car dependency, low-density housing and “weak economic performance”. The Deloitte

    Climate disasters are pushing people into homelessness – but there’s a lot we can do about it
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Timothy Heffernan, Lecturer in Anthropology, Australian National University Almost half of all Australian properties are at risk of bushfire, while 17,500 face risk of coastal erosion. By 2030, more than 3 million will face riverine flood risk. Meanwhile, housing demand continues to outpace supply. With climate-related disasters

    UK bans Gaza protest group – could the same thing happen in Australia?
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Shannon Bosch, Associate Professor (Law), Edith Cowan University More than 100 people were arrested in the United Kingdom on the weekend for supporting Palestine Action, a protest group that opposes Britain’s support of Israel. Palestine Action was recently proscribed as a terrorist organisation, placing it in the

    The incredible impact of Ozzy Osbourne, from Black Sabbath to Ozzfest to 30 years of retirement tours
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Lachlan Goold, Senior Lecturer in Contemporary Music, University of the Sunshine Coast Ozzy Osbourne photographed in London in 1991. Martyn Goodacre/Getty Images Ozzy Osbourne, the “prince of darkness” and godfather of heavy metal, has died aged 76, just weeks after he reunited with Black Sabbath bandmates for

    Could the latest ‘interstellar comet’ be an alien probe? Why spotting cosmic visitors is harder than you think
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Sara Webb, Lecturer, Centre for Astrophysics and Supercomputing, Swinburne University of Technology Comet 3I/ATLAS International Gemini Observatory/NOIRLab/NSF/AURA/K. Meech/Jen Miller/Mahdi Zamani, CC BY On July 1, astronomers spotted an unusual high-speed object zooming towards the Sun. Dubbed 3I/ATLAS, the surprising space traveller had one very special quality: its

    Should Australia lower the voting age to 16 like the UK? We asked 5 experts
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Pandanus Petter, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, School of Politics and International Relations, Australian National University The government in the UK is introducing legislation into parliament to lower the voting age to 16. If passed, the new age rules will be in place for the next general election, expected

    Doctors shouldn’t be allowed to object to medical care if it harms their patients
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Julian Savulescu, Visiting Professor in Biomedical Ethics, Murdoch Children’s Research Institute; Distinguished Visiting Professor in Law, University of Melbourne; Uehiro Chair in Practical Ethics, The University of Melbourne HRAUN/Getty A young woman needs an abortion and the reasons, while urgent, are not medical. A United States Navy

    Ultra fast fashion could be taxed to oblivion in France. Could Australia follow suit?
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Rowena Maguire, Professor of Law and Director of the Centre of Justice, Queensland University of Technology Ryan McVay/Getty For centuries, clothes were hard to produce and expensive. People wore them as long as possible. But manufacturing advances have steadily driven down the cost of production. These days,

    Central bank independence and credibility matters. Here’s why
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By John Simon, Adjunct Fellow in Economics, Macquarie University Olga Kashubin/Shutterstock In the United States, President Donald Trump has been pressuring the chairman of the US Federal Reserve, Jerome Powell, to slash interest rates. This is partly to ease the interest payments on the ballooning US government debt.

    Kneecap’s stance on Gaza extends a long history of the Irish supporting other oppressed peoples
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Ciara Smart, PhD Graduand in Australasian Irish History, University of Tasmania Love them or hate them, there’s no doubt Irish hip-hop trio Kneecap are having a moment. Their music – delivered in a powerful fusion of English and Irish – is known for its gritty lyrics about

    Do countries have a duty to prevent climate harm? The world’s highest court is about to answer this crucial question
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Nathan Cooper, Associate Professor of Law, University of Waikato Getty Images The International Court of Justice (ICJ) will issue a highly anticipated advisory opinion overnight to clarify state obligations related to climate change. It will answer two urgent questions: what are the obligations of states under international

    Gaza not a religious issue – it’s a massive violation of international law, say accord critics
    Asia Pacific Report Groups that have declined to join the government-sponsored “harmony accord” signed yesterday by some Muslim and Jewish groups, say that the proposed new council is “misaligned” with its aims. The signed accord was presented at Government House in Auckland. About 70 people attended, including representatives of the New Zealand Jewish Council, His

    Flying the flags for Palestine – NZ protesters take message to Devonport
    The Devonport Flagstaff About 200 people marched in Devonport last Saturday in support of Palestine. Pro-Palestine flags and placards were draped on the band rotunda at Windsor Reserve as speakers, including Green Party co-leader Chlöe Swarbrick and the people power manager of Amnesty International Aotearoa New Zealand Margaret Taylor, a Devonport local, encouraged the crowd

    View from The Hill: How much can Jim Chalmers get out of the economic reform roundtable?
    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra We’re now less than a month away from the start of the Albanese government’s “economic reform” (aka “productivity”) roundtable, but it has become quite hard to get a fix on exactly what this gathering will amount to. The guest list

    Israeli settlers beat to death 2 Palestinians in latest lynchings
    BEARING WITNESS: By Cole Martin in occupied West Bank Two young Palestinians were beaten to death on their land by Israeli settlers in the occupied West Bank on Friday. A funeral was held on Sunday for Sayfollah “Saif” Mussalet, 20, and Muhammad Shalabi, 23, who were brutally killed by a large group of settlers in

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI USA: THOMPSON RELEASES STATEMENT ON CONGRESSIONAL REPUBLICANS’ BILL TO RIP FUNDING FROM PUBLIC MEDIA, FOREIGN AID: “AN ATTACK ON PUBLIC SAFETY”

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Mike Thompson Representing the 5th District of CALIFORNIA

    Washington, D.C. – Today, Rep. Mike Thompson (CA-04) released the following statement after the passage of Congressional Republicans’ bill to take back federal funding from public media stations and foreign aid programs that was already approved by Congress and signed into law:

    “Make no mistake: These clawbacks are an attack on public safety. Our public radio and TV stations, especially those in rural communities, are often the only trusted local news source. Publicly funded media stations are the ones covering our kids’ high school sports games, providing high-quality educational programming to our kids, and distributing essential public safety information during natural disasters. To slash this funding is to attack these important services.  

    “At the same time, Congressional Republicans are pulling funding from Ukraine and other allies. When our allies are unsafe, we are all unsafe. Cuts to foreign aid undermine our national security.

    “Congressional Republicans’ claims that this is about saving money are laughable considering they just passed a bill that will add nearly $5 trillion to our national debt in order to give tax breaks to their billionaire donors who don’t need the help. They are pulling the rug out from under our allies and our local news stations. The American people will pay the price.”

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Scott Votes Against GOP’S FY26 Defense Appropriations Bill

    Source: {United States House of Representatives – Congressman Bobby Scott (3rd District of Virginia)

    Headline: Scott Votes Against GOP’S FY26 Defense Appropriations Bill

    WASHINGTON, D.C. –Congressman Bobby Scott (VA-03) issued the following statement after voting against H.R. 4016, the Department of Defense Appropriations Act for FY 2026.

    “The annual defense appropriations bill must be a strong investment in our servicemembers and our national security. There are some provisions I support in this defense appropriations bill such as investments in shipbuilding, including funding the Columbia-class and Virginia-class submarines and the Gerald R. Ford Class Nuclear Aircraft Carrier program. The bill also includes an important amendment to prevent the closure of the United States Army Transportation Museum at Fort Eustis.

    “However, I ultimately cannot support the bill in its current form because the Republicans included language directing the Department of Defense to make harmful cuts in service of Elon Musk’s DOGE agenda. This bill will cut over $2 billion for troop readiness and $409 million for health programs. The bill includes provisions that attack the civil rights and liberties of service members and military families, including eliminating any office of diversity, equity, or inclusion. The bill also restricts access to abortion for servicemembers and fails to include $300 million for the Ukraine Security Assistance Initiative to help Ukraine defend itself against Russia’s invasion. 

    “I am hopeful that as the bill moves to the Senate, the final enacted version of this legislation will ensure our servicemembers and their families are protected and will also include necessary investments to our national security.”

    CLICK HERE for a fact sheet on the legislation.  

    # # #

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-Evening Report: ‘Maybe this is the last minutes you are living’: how the war is impacting young Ukrainians

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Ashley Humphrey, Lecturer in Social Sciences, Monash University

    Now into its fourth year, the war that followed Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has taken a devastating toll.

    An estimated 60,000 to 100,0000 Ukrainian lives have been lost and more than 10 million citizens displaced, and entire cities have been devastated.

    Daily life in Ukraine is disrupted by frequent power outages, significant interruptions to school and work routines and the recurrent warnings of air raid sirens.

    We sought to understand the war’s impact on young Ukrainians by interviewing those still in, and outside of Ukraine.

    Stolen youth

    Young adults (aged 18-35) tend to be in a transitional phase of life, working towards establishing a career, starting a family and making future plans.

    For many young Ukrainians, these developmental processes have been severely impeded during the war.

    Our work provides insights into how young Ukrainians have navigated the severe intrusion to their development, as well as how they have coped psychologically during this time.

    Our research drew on in-depth interviews with young Ukrainians who had lived in Ukraine for either the entirety or part of the war.

    Conducted both in person in Ukraine as well as online, these interviews looked specifically at how the ongoing war has affected young people’s employment or study situation, their aspirations for the future and mental health, while also seeking to understand what support they need.

    Responses from the participants varied.

    Those who were working were now exclusively engaged in work centred on assisting the war effort, including in some cases having joined the armed forces.

    Those who were studying had shifted to online mediums. The COVID pandemic ensured online learning platforms were largely already in place, allowing some to continue their studies from locations outside of Ukraine.

    While perhaps an alluring prospect to some, this flexibility while studying was also accompanied by chaos and disorientation, with short-term visas forcing young Ukrainians to move from one country to another.

    As one student explained:

    We went to Ukraine for two weeks and then we moved to Georgia for three months. Now we’re in Thailand for one month, and now we’re going to be in Australia for two or three months. Then we’re probably going to go to Japan for a year maybe.

    Local residents walk past buildings damaged as a result of a missile strike in Odesa.
    OLEKSANDR GIMANOV/AFP via Getty Images

    Depression, stress and surprising optimisim

    Despite enduring the horrors of the war, the participants generally spoke of their futures with admirable optimism.

    Remarkably, many commented on the way the war had redefined their goals toward helping their country in some way. One respondent told us:

    When you are starting a new project, when you are applying for a job, you are having a constant filter: how does this affect Ukraine? Am I helping Ukraine? Am I helping Ukraine enough? What else can I do?’

    Another shared:

    I know we are fighting for our future. And I want to be a part of Ukraine and be a part of its reconstruction. Because I am like this bright future – I am the youth that will be reconstructing Ukraine because of their knowledge and money and everything else.

    Unsurprisingly, some were also apathetic or dismissive of their futures, commenting on broken dreams and stating it was not a time for making future plans. They felt let down by the United Nations and the “international global order”.

    Participants commented on the ways the war has affected their mental health.

    Symptoms of PTSD, elevated stress, depression, constant anxiety as well as existential dread were raised, with one young Ukrainian telling us:

    Every time when I hear alerts […] you’re thinking, maybe this is the last minutes you are living because the bomb can strike your flat.

    The fear of loud noises, the harrowing plight of their country and the associated stress were emergent themes.

    Yet, some indicated they had become resilient to this stress:

    I think I became quite resistant to the stress as well, because I think I faced the scariest moments of my life, where I can die, and I understand that when you cannot control the situation and what’s going on, I cannot control whether a missile is going to be in my house.

    This notion of resilience was both surprising and inspiring and this finding corroborated with past studies on war-affected Ukrainians.

    As one participant explained:

    If there was no war, I wouldn’t be who I am right now. It has really changed me. It has given me strength, this optimistic outlook.

    A need for greater support

    There is much to learn from these inspiring young people. But more pressingly, they need help.

    As the relentless shelling of Ukrainian cities continues, the participants call for greater access to mental health and counselling services, ongoing investment in online learning tools and job opportunities and basic resources to support their wellbeing.

    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. ‘Maybe this is the last minutes you are living’: how the war is impacting young Ukrainians – https://theconversation.com/maybe-this-is-the-last-minutes-you-are-living-how-the-war-is-impacting-young-ukrainians-260800

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI USA: July 22nd, 2025 Heinrich Votes Against Republicans’ Legislation to Defund Public Broadcasting, Harm New Mexicans’ Safety

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Mexico Martin Heinrich
    WASHINGTON — U.S. Senator Martin Heinrich (D-N.M.) stood firm for New Mexico families by voting against Senate Republicans’ rescissions package that cuts funding to local public radio and TV stations, which rural communities and Tribes rely on as their primary source of information during life-or-death emergencies like wildfires, flash floods, and other catastrophic natural disasters.
    “First, Republicans pushed through the largest Medicaid cut in American history. Now, they’ve slashed the only lifeline rural communities and Tribes rely on during life-or-death emergencies like wildfires and flash floods. Republicans’ cuts to local public radio and TV stations are reckless, dangerous, and put New Mexicans directly in harm’s way. All of this to bankroll massive tax giveaways for Trump’s billionaire donors,” said Heinrich, a member of the Senate Appropriations Committee.
    Below are the New Mexico radio and TV stations whose federal funding is now at risk thanks to Republicans’ rescissions bill:
    Radio
    KSHI-FM, Zuni
    KGLP-FM, Gallup
    KABR-FM, Alamo
    KSJE-FM, Farmington
    KENW-FM, Portales
    KCIE-FM, Dulce
    KTDB, Pine Hill
    KSFR-FM, Santa Fe
    KANW-FM, Albuquerque
    KHFM-FM (Albuquerque)
    KUNM-FM (Albuquerque)
    KRWG-FM, Las Cruces
    TV
    KENW-TV, Portales
    New Mexico PBS KNME-TV (Albuquerque)
    KRWG-TV (Las Cruces)
    During the Reconciliation votes, Senate Republicans blocked Heinrich’s efforts to:
    Protect Public Radio and TV
    Prohibit defunding public radio and television stations that primarily serve rural and Tribal communities.
    Prohibit defunding the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB).
    Protect public radio and television stations that are partners in the Emergency Alert System.
    Protect access to children’s education programming through public television.
    Promote American Values and Counter the People’s Republica of China (PRC) and Russia Influence Globally
    Prevent cuts to funding that counters malign-PRC and Russian influence globally, including to counter Russian aggression in Ukraine.
    Ensure the United States can maintain our long tradition of providing life-saving aid, including food and medicine.
    Maintain the United States’s position as a global leader in humanitarian assistance.
    Combat child marriages and feed children around the world.
    Protect funding for child health, global health security, and to treat and prevent tuberculosis, malaria, and other diseases
    Protect funding for international organizations and life-saving programs, including UNICEF other large-scale humanitarian and hunger prevention programs.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Noting Almost 3 Billion People Lack Safe Place to Live, Deputy Secretary-General Urges Investment in Adequate Housing as Both Development, Peace Infrastructure

    Source: United Nations General Assembly and Security Council

    Following are UN Deputy Secretary-General Amina Mohammed’s remarks, as prepared for delivery, at the joint Economic and Social Council and the United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-Habitat) high-level dialogue on adequate housing, today:

    It is a privilege to join you today for this important dialogue.  I thank the President of the Economic and Social Council and UN-Habitat for convening us at such a critical moment.

    Let me begin with a simple question:  What did it take for us to be here today?  We woke up somewhere safe.  We had an address where documents could reach us, where our families knew to find us.  We had a place to eat a meal, charge our phones and prepare for this day.  For almost 3 billion people on our planet, none of that is guaranteed.

    This is why today’s dialogue — at this critical moment during the High-Level Political Forum — matters so urgently.  Housing is not simply about a roof over one’s head.  It is a fundamental human right and the foundation upon which peace itself rests.  Sustainable development and sustainable peace are inseparable.

    Today, in an increasingly urbanized world, almost 3 billion people still live in inadequate conditions, in informal settlements, overcrowded housing or with no shelter at all.  Among them are more than 120 million refugees and internally displaced persons — families torn from their homes by conflict, persecution and violence.

    When homes are destroyed, when families are forced to flee, when communities are uprooted, we witness how housing becomes both a casualty and weapon of war.  In Gaza, in Ukraine, in Sudan, in Yemen, in Myanmar and beyond, we have seen this time and again.

    There is no safe housing in rubble, and without shelter, we lose the very basis of social cohesion and stability that makes peace possible.  This crisis touches every Sustainable Development Goal we’ve committed to achieving by 2030.

    We often say that home is where the heart is.  Our work on housing sits at the very heart of the Sustainable Development Goals, and when we secure adequate housing for all, we nurture the conditions where every other goal can flourish.

    We know that when people have access to safe, adequate, and affordable housing, children perform better in school.  Workers are more productive.  Health outcomes improve dramatically.  Decent work becomes accessible.  Communities become more resilient to the forces that fuel conflict and division.  And while adequate housing cannot eliminate gender-based violence within the home, it reduces women and girls’ exposure to violence in public spaces.

    So, the reality is that the ambition of the 2030 Agenda to leave no one behind begins with something as fundamental as a safe place to call home. By 2030, 60 per cent of the world’s population will live in cities, rising to nearly 70 per cent by 2050.

    We have the tools and the commitment to grow cities, not slums, guided by the New Urban Agenda’s call for planned, inclusive urbanization that ensures housing, services and dignity for all.  Success or failure to deliver on our commitments will depend on our ability to act urgently and work together.

    At the Financing for Development Forum, Member States rightly called for bold reforms and investments to strengthen the social contract.  That must include housing, not as a stand-alone project, but as a driver of inclusive development.

    The Pact for the Future reaffirmed the 2030 Agenda and gave us a mandate to make multilateralism deliver in the lives of people, in the neighbourhoods where they live.  It also gave us a mandate to prevent conflict and sustain peace — and housing sits at the intersection of both.

    Later this year, the Second World Social Summit offers us an opportunity to reaffirm that housing is critical for social protection, decent work, access to services, and essential to building a just and cohesive society.  It is also an opportunity to recognize housing as a pillar of conflict prevention and peacebuilding.

    As Chair of the UN Sustainable Development Group, I see how country teams are working every day with governments, civil society and local and regional governments to advance these goals.

    But we need to do more.  Concretely, that means aligning political commitment and financing with the urgency and scale of the challenge.  It means investing in adequate housing, not just as development infrastructure, but peace infrastructure.

    We also need to bring to the centre those who are too often pushed to the margins:  women, young people, older persons, persons with disabilities, Indigenous Peoples, displaced populations and people living in homelessness.

    Their voices and experiences must inform the policies and solutions because they know what works, what’s missing, and they can inform the solutions we need to scale.  They also know intimately the connections between displacement, insecurity and conflict. Their involvement is the best measure of our commitment to equity, dignity and human rights.

    The first place where opportunity begins or where it is denied is not an office building or a school – it’s a home.  Together, let’s deliver not only shelter, but lasting solutions that offer security and a path to prosperity.  Not only four walls and a roof, but the opportunity to live in dignity.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: ‘Perfect storm’ of global crises drove years of food price surges: FAO

    Source: United Nations 2

    The report, to be released later this month, reveals how between 2020 and 2024, the world experienced a dramatic increase in food prices driven by a combination of COVID-19 inflation, the war in Ukraine restricting movements on food and commodities, and increasing climate shocks.  

    “The episodes described in this publication bring up what we call a perfect storm,” said Mr. Torero Cullen.

    Máximo Torero Cullen speaks to journalists at the UN HQs via video link.

    First, he explained that during the COVID-19 pandemic, governments launched fiscal stimulus and relief packages, which increased demand and, thus, global inflation.

    Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine compounded this crisis. Before the war began in 2022, Ukraine was a key exporter of wheat, sunflower oil and fertilisers. The war not only restricted these exports but disrupted trade routes and pushed up fuel and input costs, which amplified inflation across the world.

    Additionally, increasingly frequent and intense climate shocks in major producing regions – such as droughts, floods and heat waves – further aggravated food inflation.

    Worldwide impacts

    Only in 2024 did prices return to pre-COVID levels, meaning that households struggled for multiple years to afford food, with major consequences.

    As real wages fell while food prices increased, household purchasing power was eroded. Households responded by buying cheaper and less nutritious food, reducing meal frequency, and often prioritising meals for certain family members and reducing intake for women and children.

    Mr. Torero Cullen also explained that an increase in food prices directly correlates to an increase in moderate and severe food insecurity. The impacts of this were particularly harsh in Africa and Western Asia, where food imports, dependence and currency depreciation made food even more expensive.

    Moreover, as food prices increased, nutrition outcomes among children under five worsened. The SOFI report illustrated that a 10 per cent food price increase led to a 2.7 to 6.1 per cent increase in moderate to severe wasting, which has long-lasting effects on child development and public health systems.  

    Notably, these grave impacts were uneven, mostly affecting low-income and African countries – many of which are still seeing worsening figures. During the peak of the crisis in January 2023, some low-income countries experienced food price inflation of up to 30 per cent, compared to 13.6 per cent globally.

    Policy recommendations  

    Mr. Torero Cullen finished his briefing by outlining the policy prescriptions detailed in the SOFI report.  

    He first underscored targeted fiscal support. “Social protection measures are the most effective response to food price spikes,” he explained. “This will protect vulnerable populations without creating long-term fiscal risk or market distortions.”  

    He also highlighted avoiding trade disruptions, coordinating monetary and fiscal policies, improving market transparency, and institutional preparedness as essential components for avoiding future crises.

    “This SOFI underscores that inflation can undermine progress. It underlines our vulnerabilities, and it also brings the importance of strengthening resilience, inclusiveness and transparency to be able to avoid and minimize the risk of these problems,” he concluded.  

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2025 Second Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LEAWOOD, Kan., July 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) Announces 2025 Second Quarter Earnings.

    Net Income   Diluted EPS   Net Interest Margin1   ROAA1   ROATCE1
    $47.4 million   $0.52   3.49%   1.00%   11.24%
    $57.4 million (adj)2   $0.63 (adj)2   3.33% (adj)2   1.21% (adj)2   13.61% (adj)2
                     
    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO
    This quarter’s bank merger and data conversion represents a significant milestone for our organization, as we officially welcome CrossFirst Bank customers to Busey Bank. We are proud to offer a premier, full-service banking experience for both consumer and commercial clients, with 78 locations spanning 10 states. Our comprehensive services also include a robust wealth management platform and cutting-edge payment technology solutions through FirsTech, Inc. This transformational partnership allows us to enhance Busey’s rich 157-year legacy of service excellence, further advancing our organization for the benefit of all our Pillars—associates, customers, communities, and shareholders.

    Van A. Dukeman
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     

    FINANCIAL RESULTS

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Total interest income   $ 247,446     $ 166,815     $ 131,939     $ 414,261     $ 257,759  
    Total interest expense     94,263       63,084       49,407       157,347       99,373  
    Net interest income     153,183       103,731       82,532       256,914       158,386  
    Provision for credit losses1     5,700       45,593       1,908       51,293       6,268  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses1     147,483       58,138       80,624       205,621       152,118  
    Total noninterest income     44,863       21,223       33,703       66,086       68,616  
    Total noninterest expense1     127,833       112,030       75,906       239,863       147,353  
    Income (loss) before income taxes     64,513       (32,669 )     38,421       31,844       73,381  
    Income taxes     17,109       (2,679 )     11,064       14,430       19,799  
    Net income (loss)     47,404       (29,990 )     27,357       17,414       53,582  
    Dividends on preferred stock     155                   155        
    Net income (loss) available to common stockholders   $ 47,249     $ (29,990 )   $ 27,357     $ 17,259     $ 53,582  
                         
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ 0.53     $ (0.44 )   $ 0.48     $ 0.22     $ 0.95  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ 0.52     $ (0.44 )   $ 0.47     $ 0.22     $ 0.94  
    Effective income tax rate     26.52 %     8.20 %     28.80 %     45.31 %     26.98 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in the second quarter of 2025, Busey revised its presentation, for all periods presented, to reclassify the provision for unfunded commitments so that it is now included within the provision for credit losses; therefore, it is no longer included within total noninterest expense.

    Following the acquisition of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) and its subsidiary CrossFirst Bank, by First Busey Corporation, the holding company for Busey Bank, in the first quarter of 2025, CrossFirst Bank was merged with and into Busey Bank (the “Bank Merger”) on June 20, 2025. At the time of the Bank Merger, CrossFirst Bank banking centers became banking centers of Busey Bank. Throughout this document, we refer to First Busey Corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, as “Busey,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our.”

    Busey’s net income for the second quarter of 2025 was $47.4 million, or $0.52 per diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $30.0 million, or $0.44 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025, and net income of $27.4 million, or $0.47 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity2 were 1.00% and 11.24%, respectively, for the second quarter of 2025. The second quarter of 2025 represented the first full quarter in which the CrossFirst acquisition contributed to Busey’s financial results.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses, restructuring charges, and nonrecurring strategic events, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We also adjust for net securities gains and losses to align with industry and research analyst reporting. The objective of our presentation of adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings metrics is to allow investors and analysts to more clearly identify quarterly trends in core earnings performance. Non-operating pre-tax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses2 in the second quarter of 2025 were $16.6 million, with an additional $4.0 million adjustment to the initial provision for unfunded commitments resulting from the adoption of a new Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) model. Further, net securities gains were $6.0 million, almost entirely related to unrealized gains on Busey’s approximately 3% equity ownership of a financial institution that was the target of an announced acquisition at a significant market premium. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the End Note labeled as 2) in tabular form, see “Non-GAAP Financial Information” beginning on page 13.

    Adjusted net income,2 which excludes the impact of non-GAAP adjustments, was $57.4 million, or $0.63 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $39.9 million, or $0.57 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025 and $30.5 million, or $0.53 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets2 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity2 were 1.21% and 13.61%, respectively, for the second quarter of 2025.

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue2

    Pre-provision net revenue2 was $64.2 million for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $28.7 million for the first quarter of 2025 and $40.7 million for the second quarter of 2024. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 1.35% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 0.78% for the first quarter of 2025, and 1.35% for the second quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue2 was $80.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $54.7 million for the first quarter of 2025 and $42.6 million for the second quarter of 2024. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 1.70% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 1.50% for the first quarter of 2025 and 1.42% for the second quarter of 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin2

    Net interest income was $153.2 million in the second quarter of 2025, compared to $103.7 million in the first quarter of 2025 and $82.5 million in the second quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin2 was 3.49% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 3.16% for the first quarter of 2025 and 3.03% for the second quarter of 2024. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin2 was 3.33% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 3.08% in the first quarter of 2025 and 3.00% in the second quarter of 2024.

    Components of the 33 basis point increase in net interest margin2 during the second quarter of 2025, which includes a full quarter of assets assumed in the CrossFirst acquisition, were as follows:

    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +54 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting accretion contributed +8 basis points
    • Securities repositioning executed in March contributed +4 basis points
    • Decreased borrowing expense contributed +4 basis points, of which +2 basis points were related to the redemption of subordinated debt in June
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -25 basis points
    • Decreased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed -12 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 2.8% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate and execute off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet repositioning strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have continued to stabilize the funding base, and we had excess earning cash during the second quarter of 2025. Brokered deposit balances were reduced by $368.6 million during the second quarter of 2025 and at June 30, 2025, the Bank had $353.6 million, or 2.2% of total deposits, of remaining brokered funding. Total deposit cost of funds increased, as expected, from 1.91% during the first quarter of 2025 to 2.21% during the second quarter of 2025. Deposit cost of funds increased due to a full quarter of the higher mix of acquired CrossFirst indexed/managed rate customer products and brokered deposits. Busey will continue to deploy excess cash to pay down non-core and non-relationship high cost funding, which we anticipate will compress the asset base in the short term while helping to reduce the Bank’s overall funding cost. We expect the deposit beta will lessen during the year and is expected to normalize in a range between 45% and 50% of the upper limit of the federal funds target range.

    Noninterest Income

      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    NONINTEREST INCOME                  
    Wealth management fees $ 16,777   $ 17,364     $ 15,917     $ 34,141     $ 31,466  
    Payment technology solutions   4,956     5,073       5,915       10,029       11,624  
    Treasury management services   4,981     3,017       2,145       7,998       4,046  
    Card services and ATM fees   4,880     3,709       3,430       8,589       6,390  
    Other service charges on deposit accounts   1,513     1,533       2,321       3,046       4,669  
    Mortgage revenue   776     329       478       1,105       1,224  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,745     1,446       1,442       3,191       2,861  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights             277             7,742  
    Net securities gains (losses)   5,997     (15,768 )     (353 )     (9,771 )     (6,728 )
    Other noninterest income   3,238     4,520       2,131       7,758       5,322  
    Total noninterest income $ 44,863   $ 21,223     $ 33,703     $ 66,086     $ 68,616  
                                         

    Total noninterest income increased by 111.4% compared to the first quarter of 2025 and increased by 33.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024, primarily due to net securities gains and losses, as well as the benefit of a full quarter of income from the CrossFirst acquisition.

    Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and the gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 5.1% to $38.9 million, or 20.2% of operating revenue2, during the second quarter of 2025, compared to $37.0 million, or 26.3% of operating revenue2, for the first quarter of 2025. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 15.1% from $33.8 million, or 29.0% of operating revenue.2

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Wealth management fees, wealth management referral fees included in other noninterest income, and payment technology solutions contributed 56.4% of adjusted noninterest income2 for the second quarter of 2025.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest income are as follows:

    • Wealth management fees declined by 3.4% compared to the first quarter of 2025. The decrease in the second quarter of 2025 was primarily related to seasonal fees, with a decrease in farm management fees, partially offset by higher tax preparation fees. Compared to the second quarter of 2024 wealth management fees increased by 5.4%. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the second quarter of 2025 with $14.10 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.68 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2025 and $13.02 billion at the end of the second quarter of 2024. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark3 over the last three and five years.
    • Payment technology solutions includes income from electronic payments, merchant processing, and lockbox. Revenue in this category declined by 2.3% compared the first quarter of 2025 and declined by 16.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024, primarily due to decreases in income from electronic payments.
    • Treasury management services consist primarily of business analysis charges and wire transfer fees on commercial accounts. Income from treasury management services increased by 65.1% compared to the first quarter of 2025 and increased by 132.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024 due to the addition of CrossFirst commercial services.
    • Card services and ATM fees, which include both commercial and consumer accounts, increased by 31.6% compared to the first quarter of 2025 and increased by 42.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024 primarily due to addition of CrossFirst corporate card services.
    • Other service charges on deposit accounts declined by 1.3% compared to the first quarter of 2025 and declined by 34.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Declines are largely related to lower non-sufficient fund charges.
    • Other noninterest income decreased by 28.4% compared to the first quarter of 2025, primarily due to declines in gains on commercial loan sales, loss on sales of other real estate owned and a related reduction in income from the sold property, and decreases in venture capital investments. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, other noninterest income increased by 51.9%, primarily due to increases in venture capital investments, commercial loan servicing income, and other loan fee income.

    Operating Efficiency

      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 78,360   $ 67,563   $ 43,478   $ 145,923   $ 85,568
    Data processing   14,021     9,575     7,100     23,596     13,650
    Net occupancy expense of premises   7,832     5,799     4,590     13,631     9,310
    Furniture and equipment expenses   2,409     1,744     1,695     4,153     3,508
    Professional fees   2,874     9,511     2,495     12,385     4,748
    Amortization of intangible assets   4,592     3,083     2,629     7,675     5,038
    Interchange expense   1,297     1,343     1,733     2,640     3,344
    FDIC insurance   2,424     2,167     1,460     4,591     2,860
    Other noninterest expense1   14,024     11,245     10,726     25,269     19,327
    Total noninterest expense1 $ 127,833   $ 112,030   $ 75,906   $ 239,863   $ 147,353

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in the second quarter of 2025, Busey revised its presentation, for all periods presented, to reclassify the provision for unfunded commitments so that it is now included within the provision for credit losses; therefore, it is no longer included within other noninterest expense or total noninterest expense.

    Total noninterest expense increased by 14.1% compared to the first quarter of 2025 and increased by 68.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Growth in noninterest expense was primarily attributable to nonrecurring acquisition expenses related to the CrossFirst acquisition, added costs for operating expenses for two banks during the majority of the second quarter, until the banks were merged on June 20, 2025, and increased expense associated with the larger organization and branch network. Annual pre-tax expense synergy estimates resulting from the CrossFirst acquisition remain on track at $25.0 million, and we expect 50% of the identified synergies to be realized in 2025 and 100% in 2026.

    Adjusted noninterest expense,2 which excludes acquisition and restructuring expenses and amortization of intangible assets, was $106.6 million in the second quarter of 2025, a 28.6% increase compared to $82.9 million in the first quarter of 2025 and a 50.1% increase compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses increased by $10.8 million compared to the first quarter of 2025, with acquisition and restructuring expenses declining by $4.3 million. In connection with the CrossFirst acquisition in March and the addition of 16 banking centers, Busey’s workforce expanded, which resulted in only one month of associated expenses during the first quarter of 2025 in contrast to a full quarter of associated expenses reflected in the Company’s results for the second quarter of 2025. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses increased by $34.9 million, of which $10.4 million was attributable to increases in acquisition and restructuring expenses. Including associates added in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, Busey has added 430 FTEs over the past year.
    • Data processing expense increased by $4.4 million compared to the first quarter of 2025 and by $6.9 million compared to the second quarter of 2024, of which $1.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in acquisition and restructuring expenses. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees declined by $6.6 million compared to the first quarter of 2025, which was primarily driven by a $7.0 million decrease in acquisition and restructuring expenses. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, professional fees increased by $0.4 million, primarily due to increased audit and accounting fees and legal fees, partially offset by $0.1 million declines in acquisition and restructuring expenses.
    • Amortization of intangible assets increased by $1.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2025, and by $2.0 million compared to the second quarter of 2024. The CrossFirst acquisition added an estimated $81.8 million of finite-lived intangible assets with amortization of $2.4 million and $3.1 million during the second quarter of 2025 and the first six months of 2025, respectively. Busey uses an accelerated amortization methodology.
    • Other noninterest expense increased by $2.8 million compared to the first quarter of 2025, and increased by $3.3 million compared to the second quarter of 2024. Items contributing to the increases included marketing, business development, supplies, and onboarding costs as well as increases in acquisition and restructuring expenses of $0.2 million compared to the first quarter of 2025 and $0.5 million compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    Busey’s efficiency ratio2 was 63.9% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 77.1% for the first quarter of 2025 and 62.6% for the second quarter of 2024. Our adjusted efficiency2 ratio was 55.3% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 58.7% for the first quarter of 2025, and 60.9% for the second quarter of 2024.

    Busey’s annualized ratio of adjusted noninterest expense to average assets was 2.24% for the second quarter of 2025, compared to 2.27% for the first quarter of 2025 and 2.36% for the second quarter of 2024. As our business grows, Busey remains focused on prudently managing our expense base and operating efficiency.

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 752,352     $ 1,200,292     $ 285,269  
    Debt securities available for sale   2,217,788       2,273,874       1,829,896  
    Debt securities held to maturity   802,965       815,402       851,261  
    Equity securities   16,171       10,828       9,618  
    Loans held for sale   10,497       7,270       11,286  
    Portfolio loans   13,808,619       13,868,357       7,998,912  
    Allowance for credit losses   (183,334 )     (195,210 )     (85,226 )
    Restricted bank stock   77,112       53,518       6,884  
    Premises and equipment, net   181,394       182,003       121,647  
    Right of use assets   38,065       40,594       11,137  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   488,181       496,118       370,580  
    Other assets   708,930       711,206       560,152  
    Total assets $ 18,918,740     $ 19,464,252     $ 11,971,416  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
      Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 3,590,363     $ 3,693,070     $ 2,832,776  
      Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits   9,578,953       9,675,324       5,619,470  
      Time deposits   2,632,456       3,091,076       1,523,889  
    Total deposits   15,801,772       16,459,470       9,976,135  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   158,030       137,340       140,283  
    Short-term borrowings         11,209        
    Long-term debt   189,726       313,535       227,245  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   77,187       77,117       74,693  
    Lease liabilities   39,235       41,111       11,469  
    Other liabilities   240,244       244,864       207,781  
    Total liabilities   16,506,194       17,284,646       10,637,606  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   273,799       249,484       261,820  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (155,311 )     (172,810 )     (220,326 )
    Other stockholders’ equity1   2,294,058       2,102,932       1,292,316  
    Total stockholders’ equity   2,412,546       2,179,606       1,333,810  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 18,918,740     $ 19,464,252     $ 11,971,416  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net balance of preferred stock ($0.001 par value), common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    AVERAGE BALANCES (unaudited)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 868,164   $ 861,021   $ 346,381   $ 864,613   $ 470,287
    Investment securities   3,083,284     2,782,435     2,737,313     2,933,690     2,822,228
    Loans held for sale   6,899     3,443     9,353     5,181     7,093
    Portfolio loans   13,840,190     9,838,337     8,010,636     11,850,318     7,804,976
    Interest-earning assets   17,700,356     13,363,594     11,000,785     15,543,955     11,003,344
    Total assets   19,068,086     14,831,298     12,089,692     16,961,396     12,056,950
                       
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,542,617     3,036,127     2,816,293     3,290,770     2,762,439
    Interest-bearing deposits   12,450,529     9,142,781     7,251,582     10,805,793     7,290,844
    Total deposits   15,993,146     12,178,908     10,067,875     14,096,563     10,053,283
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   141,978     144,838     144,370     143,400     161,514
    Interest-bearing liabilities   12,985,015     9,627,841     7,725,832     11,315,702     7,778,744
    Total liabilities   16,783,504     12,896,222     10,757,877     14,850,601     10,753,180
    Stockholders’ equity – preferred   103,619     2,669         53,423    
    Stockholders’ equity – common   2,180,963     1,932,407     1,331,815     2,057,372     1,303,770
    Tangible common equity1   1,686,490     1,521,387     955,591     1,604,394     939,150

    ___________________________________________

    1. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus has endured over time and will continue to guide us in the future.

    Total assets were $18.92 billion as of June 30, 2025, compared to $19.46 billion as of March 31, 2025, and $11.97 billion as of June 30, 2024. Average interest-earning assets were $17.70 billion for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $13.36 billion for the first quarter of 2025, and $11.00 billion for the second quarter of 2024.

    Portfolio Loans

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and our disciplined approach to pricing. Loan demand has been tempered with borrowers hesitant to invest because of lingering macroeconomic uncertainty. At the same time, our commercial real estate portfolio continues to season, resulting in payoffs as properties are completed, stabilized, and refinanced to permanent markets or sold. We expect continued pressure from paydowns within our commercial real estate portfolio through the remainder of 2025. Portfolio loans totaled $13.81 billion at June 30, 2025, compared to $13.87 billion at March 31, 2025, and $8.00 billion at June 30, 2024.

    Average portfolio loans were $13.84 billion for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $9.84 billion for the first quarter of 2025 and $8.01 billion for the second quarter of 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Asset quality continues to be strong. Busey Bank maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment. Following the Bank Merger in June, we are operating as one bank, with a singular credit policy, concentration limits, and monitoring that will continue to align with Busey Bank’s pillars of credit quality.

    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands) June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Total assets $ 18,918,740     $ 19,464,252     $ 11,971,416  
    Portfolio loans   13,808,619       13,868,357       7,998,912  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   42,188       18,554       23,463  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   53,614       48,647       8,393  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   941       6,077       712  
    Non-performing loans   54,555       54,724       9,105  
    Other non-performing assets   3,596       4,757       90  
    Non-performing assets   58,151       59,481       9,195  
    Substandard (excludes 90+ days past due)   117,580       131,078       86,579  
    Classified assets $ 175,731     $ 190,559     $ 95,774  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 183,334     $ 195,210     $ 85,226  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.40 %     0.39 %     0.11 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.31 %     0.31 %     0.08 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.42 %     0.43 %     0.11 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.33 %     1.41 %     1.07 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 3.36 x   3.57 x   9.36 x
    Classified assets to Bank Tier 1 capital1and reserves   7.70 %     8.40 %     6.40 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Capital amounts for the second quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    Loans 30-89 days past due increased by $23.6 million compared to March 31, 2025, and increased by $18.7 million compared to June 30, 2024. Increases are primarily due to two commercial credits, one of which—representing approximately $12.5 million—was brought current after the end of the second quarter.

    Non-performing loans decreased by $0.2 million compared to March 31, 2025, and increased by $45.5 million compared to June 30, 2024, with the increase compared to the prior year due to loans purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD” loans) assumed in the CrossFirst acquisition. Non-performing loans were 0.40% of portfolio loans as of June 30, 2025, a 1 basis point increase from March 31, 2025, and a 29 basis point increase from June 30, 2024.

    Non-performing assets decreased by $1.3 million compared to March 31, 2025, and increased by $49.0 million compared to June 30, 2024, with the increase compared to the prior year due to the PCD loans assumed in the CrossFirst acquisition. Non-performing assets represented 0.31% of total assets as of both June 30, 2025, and March 31, 2025, which is a 23 basis point increase from June 30, 2024.

    Classified assets decreased by $14.8 million compared to March 31, 2025, and increased by $80.0 million compared to June 30, 2024, with the increase compared to the prior year due to the PCD loans assumed in the CrossFirst acquisition.

    The allowance for credit losses was $183.3 million as of June 30, 2025, representing 1.33% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 3.36 times our non-performing loans balance.

    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 12,882   $ 31,429   $ 9,856     $ 44,311   $ 15,072  
                       
    Provision for loan losses1 $ 1,005   $ 42,452   $ 2,277     $ 43,457   $ 7,315  
    Provision for unfunded commitments2   4,695     3,141     (369 )     7,836     (1,047 )
    Provision for credit losses3 $ 5,700   $ 45,593   $ 1,908     $ 51,293   $ 6,268  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Amounts reported as provision for loan losses for periods ending prior to June 30, 2025, were previously reported as provision for credit losses. March 31, 2025, included $42.4 million to establish an initial allowance for credit losses for loans purchased without credit deterioration (“non-PCD” loans) following the close of the CrossFirst acquisition.
    2. June 30, 2025, included an additional $4.0 million adjustment to the initial provision for unfunded commitments resulting from the adoption of a new CECL model. March 31, 2025, included $3.1 million to establish an initial allowance for unfunded commitments following the close of the CrossFirst acquisition.
    3. Beginning in the second quarter of 2025, Busey revised its presentation, for all periods presented, to reclassify the provision for unfunded commitments so that it is now included within the provision for credit losses.

    Net charge-offs decreased by $18.5 million when compared to the first quarter of 2025, and increased by $3.0 million when compared with the second quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs during the second quarter of 2025 primarily related to one legacy-Busey medical office credit. Net charge-offs during the first quarter of 2025 included $29.6 million related to PCD loans acquired from CrossFirst Bank, which were fully reserved at acquisition and did not require recording additional provision expense.

    The $1.0 million provision for loan losses recorded in the second quarter of 2025 included a release of the PCD provision of $11.8 million due to PCD loan payoffs/paydowns and non-PCD provision expense of $12.8 million to support charge-offs, to adjust for the loan portfolio mix, and as a response to economic factors.

    Deposits

    Total deposits were $15.80 billion at June 30, 2025, compared to $16.46 billion at March 31, 2025, and $9.98 billion at June 30, 2024. Average deposits were $15.99 billion for the second quarter of 2025, compared to $12.18 billion for the first quarter of 2025 and $10.07 billion for the second quarter of 2024. The deliberate run-off of higher cost brokered deposits and listing service CD reductions accounted for $386.8 million of the quarter over quarter decrease as well as seasonal tax payments that put additional pressure on funding during the quarter.

    Core deposits2 accounted for 92.5% of total deposits as of June 30, 2025. The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. We estimated that 33% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized4 as of June 30, 2025, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the second quarter of 2025 had a weighted average term of 8.0 months at a rate of 3.74%, which was 80 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter.

    Borrowings

    On June 1, 2025, Busey redeemed the entire $125.0 million outstanding principal amount of its 5.25% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2030 (the “Subordinated Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to, but excluding, June 1, 2025, was $128.3 million.

    Liquidity

    As of June 30, 2025, Busey’s available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 totaled $7.95 billion. Furthermore, Busey’s balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows expected from Busey’s relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $123.1 million in the second quarter of 2025. Cash flows from maturing securities within our portfolio are expected to be approximately $181.0 million for the remainder of 2025, with a current book yield of 2.52%, and approximately $289.7 million for 2026, with a current book yield of 2.58%.

    Capital Strength

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. Although still impacted by the strategic deployment of capital for the CrossFirst acquisition, as well as by Busey’s active share repurchase program, our capital ratios remain strong, and as of June 30, 2025, our estimated regulatory capital ratios6 continued to provide a buffer of more than $870 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated6 to be 12.22% at June 30, 2025, compared to 12.00% at March 31, 2025, and 13.20% at June 30, 2024. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated6 to be 15.75% at June 30, 2025, compared to 14.88% at March 31, 2025, and 17.50% at June 30, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible common equity2 was $1.71 billion at June 30, 2025, compared to $1.68 billion at March 31, 2025, and $963.2 million at June 30, 2024. Tangible common equity2 represented 9.27% of tangible assets at June 30, 2025, compared to 8.83% at March 31, 2025, and 8.30% at June 30, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible book value per common share2 was $19.18 at June 30, 2025, compared to $18.62 at March 31, 2025, and $16.97 at June 30, 2024, reflecting a 13.0% year-over-year increase.

    Dividends

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. During the second quarter of 2025, Busey paid a dividend of $0.25 per share on its common stock. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2025, Busey paid a dividend of $20.00 per share on its Series A Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, which was issued in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.

    Series B Preferred Stock Issuance

    On May 20, 2025, Busey issued an aggregate of 8,600,000 depositary shares (the “Depositary Shares”), each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Busey’s 8.25% Fixed-Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share). Additional information about the Depositary Shares and Series B Preferred Stock issuance can be found in Busey’s 8-K filed with the SEC on May 20, 2025, and the related exhibits thereto.

    Share Repurchases

    During the second quarter of 2025, Busey’s board of directors authorized the purchase of up to 2,000,000 additional shares of the Company’s common stock under Busey’s stock repurchase plan. Busey purchased 1,012,000 shares of its common stock under the plan during the second quarter of 2025 at a weighted average price of $21.40 per share for a total of $21.7 million. As of June 30, 2025, Busey had 2,687,275 shares remaining available for repurchase under the plan.

    SECOND QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to our Q2 2025 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8‑K on July 22, 2025, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of June 30, 2025, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was a $18.92 billion financial holding company headquartered in Leawood, Kansas.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Champaign, Illinois, had total assets of $18.87 billion as of June 30, 2025. Busey Bank currently has 78 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, four in the Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in the Kansas City Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, one in Indianapolis, two in Oklahoma City, one in Tulsa, one in Wichita, one in Denver, one in Colorado Springs, one in Phoenix, one in Tucson, and one in New Mexico. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $14.10 billion as of June 30, 2025. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the fourth consecutive year, Busey was named among Forbes’ 2025’s America’s Best Banks. In 2025, Forbes also recognized Busey as a Best-in-State Bank, based on rankings of customer service, quality of financial advice, fee structures, ease of digital services, accessing help at branch locations and the degree of trust inspired. Busey was also named among the 2024 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker and the 2024 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments. We are honored to be consistently recognized as an outstanding financial services organization with an engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    The following tables present reconciliations between these non-GAAP measures and what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue and Related Measures
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 153,183     $ 103,731     $ 82,532     $ 256,914     $ 158,386  
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     44,863       21,223       33,703       66,086       68,616  
    Net security (gains) losses (GAAP)     (5,997 )     15,768       353       9,771       6,728  
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)1     (127,833 )     (112,030 )     (75,906 )     (239,863 )     (147,353 )
    Pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [a]   64,216       28,692       40,682       92,908       86,377  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses, excluding initial provision expenses     16,600       26,026       2,212       42,626       2,620  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage service rights                 (277 )           (7,742 )
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 80,816     $ 54,718     $ 42,617     $ 135,534     $ 81,255  
                         
    Average total assets [c] $ 19,068,086     $ 14,831,298     $ 12,089,692     $ 16,961,396     $ 12,056,950  
                         
    Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   1.35 %     0.78 %     1.35 %     1.10 %     1.44 %
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   1.70 %     1.50 %     1.42 %     1.61 %     1.36 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in the second quarter of 2025, Busey revised its presentation, for all periods presented, to reclassify the provision for unfunded commitments so that it is now included within the provision for credit losses; therefore, it is no longer included within total noninterest expense.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Net Income, Average Tangible Common Equity, and Related Ratios
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) [a] $ 47,404     $ (29,990 )   $ 27,357     $ 17,414     $ 53,582  
    Day 2 provision for credit losses1           45,572             45,572        
    Adjustment of initial provision for unfunded commitments due to adoption of new model1     4,030                   4,030        
    Other acquisition expenses     16,600       26,026       2,212       42,626       2,497  
    Restructuring expenses                             123  
    Net securities (gains) losses     (5,997 )     15,768       353       9,771       6,728  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights                 (277 )           (7,742 )
    Related tax (benefit) expense2     (4,971 )     (22,069 )     (572 )     (27,040 )     (402 )
    Non-recurring deferred tax adjustment3     328       4,591       1,446       4,919       1,446  
    Adjusted net income (Non-GAAP)4 [b]   57,394       39,898       30,519       97,292       56,232  
    Preferred dividends [c]   155                   155        
    Adjusted net income available to common stockholders (Non-GAAP) [d] $ 57,239     $ 39,898     $ 30,519     $ 97,137     $ 56,232  
                         
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (GAAP) [e]   90,883,711       68,517,647       57,853,231       80,251,577       57,129,865  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (GAAP) [(a-c)÷e] $ 0.52     $ (0.44 )   $ 0.47     $ 0.22     $ 0.94  
                         
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (Non-GAAP)5 [f]   90,883,711       69,502,717       57,853,231       80,251,577       57,129,865  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (Non-GAAP)5,6 [d÷f] $ 0.63     $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 1.21     $ 0.98  
                         
    Average total assets [g] $ 19,068,086     $ 14,831,298     $ 12,089,692     $ 16,961,396     $ 12,056,950  
    Return on average assets (Non-GAAP)6 [a÷g]   1.00 %   (0.82)%     0.91 %     0.21 %     0.89 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (Non-GAAP)4,6 [b÷g]   1.21 %     1.09 %     1.02 %     1.16 %     0.94 %
                         
    Average common equity   $ 2,180,963     $ 1,932,407     $ 1,331,815     $ 2,057,372     $ 1,303,770  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (494,473 )     (411,020 )     (376,224 )     (452,978 )     (364,620 )
    Average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP) [h] $ 1,686,490     $ 1,521,387     $ 955,591     $ 1,604,394     $ 939,150  
                         
    Return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)6 [(a-c)÷h]   11.24 %   (7.99)%     11.51 %     2.17 %     11.47 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)4,6 [d÷h]   13.61 %     10.64 %     12.85 %     12.21 %     12.04 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. The Day 2 provision represents the initial provision for credit losses recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition to establish an allowance on non-PCD loans and unfunded commitments and is reflected within the provision for credit losses line on the Statement of Income.
    2. Tax benefits were calculated for the year-to-date periods using tax rates of 26.51% and 25.03% for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Tax benefits for the quarterly periods were calculated as the year-to-date tax amounts less the tax reported for previous quarters during the year.
    3. A deferred valuation tax adjustment in 2025 was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and the expansion of Busey’s footprint into new states. Additionally, 2025 includes a write-off of deferred tax assets related to non-deductible acquisition-related expenses. A deferred tax valuation adjustment in 2024 resulted from a change to Busey’s Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations. Deferred tax adjustments are reflected within the income taxes line on the Statement of Income.
    4. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted net income for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for net securities gains and losses, realized net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, and one-time deferred tax valuation adjustments. In 2024, these adjusting items were presented as further adjustments to adjusted net income.
    5. Dilution includes shares that would have been dilutive if there had been net income during the period.
    6. Annualized measure.
    Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income, Adjusted Net Interest Income, Net Interest Margin, and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 153,183     $ 103,731     $ 82,532     $ 256,914     $ 158,386  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     791       537       402       1,328       851  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [a]   153,974       104,268       82,934       258,242       159,237  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (7,119 )     (2,728 )     (812 )     (9,847 )     (1,016 )
    Adjusted net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 146,855     $ 101,540     $ 82,122     $ 248,395     $ 158,221  
                         
    Average interest-earning assets (Non-GAAP) [c] $ 17,700,356     $ 13,363,594     $ 11,000,785     $ 15,543,955     $ 11,003,344  
                         
    Net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   3.49 %     3.16 %     3.03 %     3.35 %     2.91 %
    Adjusted net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   3.33 %     3.08 %     3.00 %     3.22 %     2.89 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Revenue Measures, Adjusted Noninterest Expense, Efficiency Ratios, and Adjusted Noninterest Expense to Average Assets
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP) [a] $ 153,183     $ 103,731     $ 82,532     $ 256,914     $ 158,386  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     791       537       402       1,328       851  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b]   153,974       104,268       82,934       258,242       159,237  
                         
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     44,863       21,223       33,703       66,086       68,616  
    Net security (gains) losses     (5,997 )     15,768       353       9,771       6,728  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses (Non-GAAP) [c]   38,866       36,991       34,056       75,857       75,344  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage service rights                 (277 )           (7,742 )
    Adjusted noninterest income (Non-GAAP) [d] $ 38,866     $ 36,991     $ 33,779     $ 75,857     $ 67,602  
                         
    Tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [e = b+c] $ 192,840     $ 141,259     $ 116,990     $ 334,099     $ 234,581  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [f = b+d]   192,840       141,259       116,713       334,099       226,839  
    Operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [g = a+d]   192,049       140,722       116,311       332,771       225,988  
                         
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [d÷g]   20.24 %     26.29 %     29.04 %     22.80 %     29.91 %
                         
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)2   $ 127,833     $ 112,030     $ 75,906     $ 239,863     $ 147,353  
    Amortization of intangible assets     (4,592 )     (3,083 )     (2,629 )     (7,675 )     (5,038 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets (Non-GAAP)2 [h]   123,241       108,947       73,277       232,188       142,315  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses, excluding initial provision expenses     (16,600 )     (26,026 )     (2,212 )     (42,626 )     (2,620 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense (Non-GAAP)2 [i] $ 106,641     $ 82,921     $ 71,065     $ 189,562     $ 139,695  
                         
    Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)2 [h÷e]   63.91 %     77.13 %     62.64 %     69.50 %     60.67 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)2 [i÷f]   55.30 %     58.70 %     60.89 %     56.74 %     61.58 %
                         
    Average total assets [j] $ 19,068,086     $ 14,831,298     $ 12,089,692     $ 16,961,396     $ 12,056,950  
    Adjusted noninterest expense to average assets (Non-GAAP)2,3 [i÷j]   2.24 %     2.27 %     2.36 %     2.25 %     2.33 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Beginning in the second quarter of 2025, Busey revised its presentation, for all periods presented, to reclassify the provision for unfunded commitments so that it is now included within the provision for credit losses; therefore, it is no longer included within total noninterest expense. This change affects all measures and ratios derived from total noninterest expense.
    3. Annualized measure.
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Related Measures and Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 18,918,740     $ 19,464,252     $ 11,971,416  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (488,181 )     (496,118 )     (370,580 )
    Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [a] $ 18,430,559     $ 18,968,134     $ 11,600,836  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 2,412,546     $ 2,179,606     $ 1,333,810  
    Preferred stock and additional paid in capital on preferred stock     (215,197 )     (7,750 )      
    Common equity [b]   2,197,349       2,171,856       1,333,810  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (488,181 )     (496,118 )     (370,580 )
    Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1 [c] $ 1,709,168     $ 1,675,738     $ 963,230  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [c÷a]   9.27 %     8.83 %     8.30 %
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding (GAAP) [d]   89,104,678       90,008,178       56,746,937  
    Book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [b÷d] $ 24.66     $ 24.13     $ 23.50  
    Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [c÷d] $ 19.18     $ 18.62     $ 16.97  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of tangible assets and tangible common equity for all periods presented to exclude any tax adjustment.
    Core Deposits and Related Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Total deposits (GAAP) [a] $ 15,801,772     $ 16,459,470     $ 9,976,135  
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (353,614 )     (722,224 )     (43,089 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (827,762 )     (867,035 )     (314,461 )
    Core deposits (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 14,620,396     $ 14,870,211     $ 9,618,585  
                 
    Core deposits to total deposits (Non-GAAP) [b÷a]   92.52 %     90.34 %     96.42 %
                             

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economies and financial markets (including effects of inflationary pressures, the threat or implementation of tariffs, trade wars, and changes to immigration policy); (2) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state, and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies (including those concerning Busey’s general business); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) unexpected results of acquisitions, including the acquisition of CrossFirst, which may include the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that the transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (5) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by Busey’s commercial borrowers; (6) new or revised accounting policies and practices as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory banking agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (7) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (8) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (9) technological changes implemented by us and other parties, including our third-party vendors, which may have unforeseen consequences to us and our customers, including the development and implementation of tools incorporating artificial intelligence; (10) the loss of key executives or associates, talent shortages, and employee turnover; (11) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation, investigations, or other legal proceedings, inquiries, and regulatory actions involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (12) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (13) credit risk and risk from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral, and industry), within Busey’s loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including commercial real estate loans); (14) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (15) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (16) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (17) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; (18) the economic impact on Busey and its customers of climate change, natural disasters, and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts; (19) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact Busey’s cost of funds; (20) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (21) the effectiveness of Busey’s risk management framework; and (22) the ability of Busey to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    END NOTES

    1 Annualized measure.
    2 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    3 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.
    4 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250,000 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit, less intercompany accounts, fully collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits), and pass-through accounts where clients have deposit insurance at the correspondent financial institution.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 Capital amounts and ratios for the second quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.
       

    INVESTOR CONTACT: Scott A. Phillips, Interim Chief Financial Officer | 239-689-7167

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Baker Hughes Company Announces Second-Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Second-quarter highlights

    • Orders of $7.0 billion, including $3.5 billion of IET orders.
    • RPO of $34.0 billion, including record IET RPO of $31.3 billion.
    • Revenue of $6.9 billion, down 3% year-over-year.
    • Attributable net income of $701 million.
    • GAAP diluted EPS of $0.71 and adjusted diluted EPS* of $0.63.
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $1,212 million, up 7% year-over-year.
    • Cash flows from operating activities of $510 million and free cash flow* of $239 million.
    • Returns to shareholders of $423 million, including $196 million of share repurchases.

    HOUSTON and LONDON, July 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Baker Hughes Company (Nasdaq: BKR) (“Baker Hughes” or the “Company”) announced results today for the second quarter of 2025.

    “We delivered strong second-quarter results, with total adjusted EBITDA margins increasing 170 basis points year-over-year to 17.5% despite a modest decline in revenue. This performance reflects the benefits of structural cost improvements and continued deployment of our business system, which is driving higher productivity, stronger operating leverage and more durable earnings across the company,” said Lorenzo Simonelli, Baker Hughes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

    “IET orders totaled $3.5 billion in the quarter, resulting in another record backlog for the segment. Importantly, order momentum remained strong, supported by more than $550 million of data center related orders, despite the absence of large LNG awards. Following a strong first half and a positive outlook for second half awards, we are confident of achieving the full-year order guidance range for IET.”

    “We remain confident in our ability to deliver solid performance in 2025, with continued growth in IET helping to offset softness in more market-sensitive areas of OFSE – underscoring the strength of our portfolio and the benefits of our strategic diversification. Accordingly, we are raising our full-year revenue and EBITDA guidance for IET and reestablishing full-year guidance for OFSE.”

    “During the quarter, we also announced three strategic transactions to advance our portfolio optimization strategy, reinforcing efforts to enhance the durability of earnings and cash flow while creating long-term value for shareholders. These actions are designed to unlock value from non-core businesses in our portfolio and redeploy that capital into higher-margin opportunities that fit our financial and strategic frameworks.”

    “We are progressing with our strategy of positioning the company for sustainable, differentiated growth and commend the focus and dedication of our people in executing this strategy,” concluded Simonelli.

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    (in millions except per share amounts)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders   $ 7,032   $ 6,459   $ 7,526     9 % (7 %)
    Revenue     6,910     6,427     7,139     8 % (3 %)
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes     701     402     579     74 % 21 %
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes*     623     509     568     22 % 10 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*     1,212     1,037     1,130     17 % 7 %
    Diluted earnings per share (EPS)     0.71     0.40     0.58     76 % 22 %
    Adjusted diluted EPS*     0.63     0.51     0.57     23 % 11 %
    Cash flow from operating activities     510     709     348     (28 %) 47 %
    Free cash flow*     239     454     106     (47 %) F


    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Certain columns and rows in our tables and financial statements may not sum up due to the use of rounded numbers.

    “F” is used in most instances when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    Quarter Highlights

    Executing our portfolio optimization strategy

    In the second quarter, Baker Hughes announced three strategic transactions, all of which reflect a disciplined capital allocation framework and a focus on core businesses with strong return potential.

    First, the Company signed an agreement to form a joint venture with a subsidiary of Cactus, Inc., contributing the Oilfield Services & Equipment’s (OFSE) Surface Pressure Control (SPC) product line in exchange for approximately $345 million while maintaining a minority ownership stake.

    Second, the Company announced an agreement to sell the Precision Sensors & Instrumentation (PSI) product line within Industrial & Energy Technology (IET) to Crane Company for approximately $1.15 billion. These proceeds will enhance the Company’s flexibility to reinvest in higher-growth, higher-return areas that support further margin expansion and improved returns.

    Finally, Baker Hughes agreed to acquire Continental Disc Corporation (CDC), a leading provider of pressure management solutions, for approximately $540 million. The CDC acquisition strengthens the IET Industrial Products portfolio with a highly complementary, margin-accretive business that expands the Company’s position in the flow and pressure control market and enhances recurring, lifecycle driven revenue.

    Key awards and technology achievements

    The Company continued to support the development of critical data center projects, with year-to-date data center awards of more than $650 million. IET received an award to supply 30 NovaLT™ turbines, representing our largest data center award to-date. The turbines, alongside other associated Baker Hughes equipment, will deliver up to 500 megawatts (MW) of reliable and efficient power for data center development across various U.S. locations.

    Frontier Infrastructure awarded a contract for NovaLT™ turbines, delivering up to 270 MW of power for its data center projects in Wyoming and Texas. This follows the March 2025 enterprise-wide agreement to accelerate large scale carbon capture and storage (CCS) and power solutions.

    Baker Hughes continues to grow the pipeline of future data center opportunities. At the Saudi-U.S. Investment Forum in May, the Company signed an MoU with DataVolt that plans to power data centers globally, including the NEOM project in the Kingdom that intends to utilize Baker Hughes’ multi-fuel NovaLT™ technology solution.

    In addition to growing demand from data center applications, IET experienced increased demand for NovaLT™ turbines in the gas infrastructure sector. During the second quarter, the segment secured an award for four gas turbines to support Aramco’s Master Gas System III pipeline project. Including this award, we have secured a total of $2.9 billion in gas infrastructure equipment orders over the past six quarters.

    Highlighting the durability of IET’s lifecycle model, the segment was awarded several aftermarket services contracts. In Gas Technology Services (GTS), the Company secured more than $350 million of Contractual Services Agreements (CSA) during the quarter. We signed a maintenance agreement with Belayim Petroleum Company (“Petrobel”) to improve uptime and reliability of critical turbomachinery equipment in Egypt. Also in GTS, we renewed a multi-year service agreement with Oman LNG, including resident engineering support along with digital remote monitoring and diagnostics services delivered through iCenter™.

    The Company gained further traction with New Energy globally, with year-to-date bookings now totaling $1.25 billion. In Climate Technology Solutions (CTS), we secured one of our largest CCS orders to-date, providing compression technology for a CCS hub in the Middle East. Also in CTS, we signed a framework agreement with Energinet in Denmark to supply 16 reciprocating compressor packages, supporting an increase in biogas production while driving methane and CO2 emissions reduction for gas infrastructure across the country.

    Industrial Technology continued to demonstrate strong momentum across multiple end markets. In Industrial Solutions, we secured a variety of awards for our Cordant™ suite of solutions. This includes an award from a large NOC to deploy Asset Performance Management across several compression stations in the Middle East, and an award from NOVA Chemicals to optimize maintenance spend and maximize production.

    OFSE maintained strong momentum in Mature Assets Solutions around the globe. In Angola, OFSE was awarded multi-year production solutions contracts for chemicals, artificial lift, and digital services to support a major operator’s offshore activities. In Kazakhstan, the TOPAN and Baker Hughes joint venture secured a critical production chemicals and services award. In Norway, Equinor awarded OFSE a contract to industrialize offshore plug and abandonment (P&A) operations in the Oseberg East field, which followed the announcement of a multi-year P&A framework agreement for integrated well services.

    OFSE saw continued adoption of Leucipa™ automated field production solution, securing an award from Repsol for next-generation AI capabilities following the MoU signed in October 2024. The Company also signed an agreement with ENI to deploy Leucipa for electric submersible pumps (ESP) optimization and AI-powered predictive failure analytics in the Middle East.

    Also in the Middle East, Baker Hughes signed a master services agreement with Aramco for installation and maintenance of ESPs across the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

    In North America, OFSE secured a multi-year contract to provide drag reducing chemicals to be deployed on Genesis Energy’s Cameron Highway Oil Pipeline and Poseidon systems, each of which is operated and 64% owned by Genesis Energy. To support this agreement, OFSE will expand its chemicals manufacturing footprint and deploy Leucipa. Additionally, bp awarded OFSE a multi-year chemicals management services contract to optimize throughput and asset reliability in the U.S. Gulf Coast.

    In Germany, OFSE successfully drilled Lower Saxony’s first productive deep geothermal exploration well, a project that leverages OFSE’s integrated well construction and production capabilities and the Company’s industry-leading subsurface-to-surface digital solutions to monitor and optimize operational performance.

    Consolidated Financial Results

    Revenue for the quarter was $6,910 million, an increase of 8% sequentially and down $229 million year-over-year. The decrease in revenue year-over-year was driven by a decrease in OFSE partially offset by an increase in IET.

    The Company’s total book-to-bill ratio in the second quarter of 2025 was 1.0; the IET book-to-bill ratio was 1.1.

    Net income as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for the second quarter of 2025 was $701 million. Net income increased $299 million sequentially and increased $122 million year-over-year.

    Adjusted net income (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the second quarter of 2025 was $623 million, which excludes adjustments totaling $78 million. A list of the adjusting items and associated reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1b in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted net income for the second quarter of 2025 was up 22% sequentially and up 10% year-over-year.

    Depreciation and amortization for the second quarter of 2025 was $293 million.

    Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the second quarter of 2025 was $1,212 million, which excludes adjustments totaling $102 million. See Table 1a in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter was up 17% sequentially and up 7% year-over-year.

    The sequential increase in adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA was primarily driven by an increase in volume, favorable FX, and overall productivity. The year-over-year increase in adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA was driven by productivity and structural cost out initiatives, favorable FX, partially offset by lower volume in OFSE, and cost inflation in both segments.

    Other Financial Items

    Remaining Performance Obligations (“RPO”) in the second quarter of 2025 ended at $34 billion, an increase of $0.8 billion from the first quarter of 2025. OFSE RPO was $2.7 billion, down 3% sequentially, while IET RPO was $31.3 billion, up 3% sequentially. Within IET RPO, GTE RPO was $11.3 billion, and GTS RPO was $15.6 billion.

    Income tax expense in the second quarter of 2025 was $256 million.

    Other (income) expense, net in the second quarter of 2025 was $(134) million, primarily related to changes in fair value for equity securities of $(119) million.

    GAAP diluted earnings per share was $0.71. Adjusted diluted earnings per share (a non-GAAP financial measure) was $0.63. Excluded from adjusted diluted earnings per share were all items listed in Table 1b in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Cash flow from operating activities was $510 million for the second quarter of 2025. Free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the quarter was $239 million. A reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1c in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets, were $271 million for the second quarter of 2025, of which $184 million was for OFSE and $68 million was for IET.

    Results by Reporting Segment

    The following segment discussions and variance explanations are intended to reflect management’s view of the relevant comparisons of financial results on a sequential or year-over-year basis, depending on the business dynamics of the reporting segments.

    Oilfield Services & Equipment

    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders   $ 3,503   $ 3,281   $ 4,068     7 % (14 %)
    Revenue   $ 3,617   $ 3,499   $ 4,011     3 % (10 %)
    EBITDA   $ 677   $ 623   $ 716     9 % (5 %)
    EBITDA margin     18.7 %   17.8 %   17.8 %   0.9pts 0.9pts
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Well Construction   $ 921   $ 892   $ 1,090     3 % (16 %)
    Completions, Intervention, and Measurements     935     925     1,118     1 % (16 %)
    Production Solutions     968     899     958     8 % 1 %
    Subsea & Surface Pressure Systems     793     782     845     1 % (6 %)
    Total Revenue   $ 3,617   $ 3,499   $ 4,011     3 % (10 %)
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Geographic Region   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    North America   $ 928   $ 922   $ 1,023     1 % (9 %)
    Latin America     639     568     663     12 % (4 %)
    Europe/CIS/Sub-Saharan Africa     653     580     827     13 % (21 %)
    Middle East/Asia     1,398     1,429     1,498     (2 %) (7 %)
    Total Revenue   $ 3,617   $ 3,499   $ 4,011     3 % (10 %)
                   
    North America   $ 928   $ 922   $ 1,023     1 % (9 %)
    International   $ 2,689   $ 2,577   $ 2,988     4 % (10 %)


    EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization of
    $233 million, $226 million, and $223 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    OFSE orders of $3,503 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased by 7% sequentially. Subsea and Surface Pressure Systems orders were $698 million, up 31% sequentially, and down 21% year-over-year.

    OFSE revenue of $3,617 million for the second quarter of 2025 was up 3% sequentially, and down 10% year-over-year.

    North America revenue was $928 million, up 1% sequentially. International revenue was $2,689 million, up 4% sequentially, with increase in all regions with the exception of Middle East and Asia.

    Segment EBITDA for the second quarter of 2025 was $677 million, an increase of $54 million, or 9% sequentially. The sequential increase in EBITDA was primarily driven by productivity, structural cost-out initiatives, volume increase, partially offset by inflation and revenue mix.

    Industrial & Energy Technology

    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders   $ 3,530   $ 3,178   $ 3,458     11 % 2 %
    Revenue   $ 3,293   $ 2,928   $ 3,128     12 % 5 %
    EBITDA   $ 585   $ 501   $ 497     17 % 18 %
    EBITDA margin     17.8 %   17.1 %   15.9 %   0.7pts 1.9pts
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Orders by Product Line   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment   $ 781   $ 1,335   $ 1,493     (42 %) (48 %)
    Gas Technology Services     986     913     769     8 % 28 %
    Total Gas Technology     1,767     2,248     2,261     (21 %) (22 %)
    Industrial Products     513     501     524     2 % (2 %)
    Industrial Solutions     327     281     281     16 % 16 %
    Total Industrial Technology     839     782     805     7 % 4 %
    Climate Technology Solutions     923     148     392     F F
    Total Orders   $ 3,530   $ 3,178   $ 3,458     11 % 2 %
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment   $ 1,624   $ 1,456   $ 1,539     12 % 6 %
    Gas Technology Services     752     592     691     27 % 9 %
    Total Gas Technology     2,377     2,047     2,230     16 % 7 %
    Industrial Products     488     445     509     10 % (4 %)
    Industrial Solutions     273     258     262     6 % 4 %
    Total Industrial Technology     761     703     770     8 % (1 %)
    Climate Technology Solutions     156     178     128     (12 %) 22 %
    Total Revenue   $ 3,293   $ 2,928   $ 3,128     12 % 5 %


    EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization of
    $56 million, $53 million, and $55 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    “F” is used in most instances when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    IET orders of $3,530 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased by $72 million, or 2% year-over-year. The increase was driven primarily by Climate Technology Solutions and partially offset by Gas Technology.

    IET revenue of $3,293 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased $165 million, or 5% year-over-year. The increase was driven by Gas Technology Equipment, up $85 million or 6% year-over-year, Gas Technology Services, up $61 million or 9% year-over-year, and Climate Technology Solutions, up $28 million or 22% year-over-year.

    Segment EBITDA for the quarter was $585 million, an increase of $88 million, or 18% year-over-year. The year-over-year increase in segment EBITDA was driven by positive pricing, favorable FX, and productivity, partially offset by cost inflation.

    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Management provides non-GAAP financial measures because it believes such measures are widely accepted financial indicators used by investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance (including adjusted EBITDA; adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes; and adjusted diluted earnings per share) and liquidity (free cash flow) and that these measures may be used by investors to make informed investment decisions. Management believes that the exclusion of certain identified items from several key operating performance measures enables us to evaluate our operations more effectively, to identify underlying trends in the business, and to establish operational goals for certain management compensation purposes. Management also believes that free cash flow is an important supplemental measure of our cash performance but should not be considered as a measure of residual cash flow available for discretionary purposes, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities presented in accordance with GAAP.

    Table 1a. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to Adjusted EBITDA and Segment EBITDA

        Three Months Ended
    (in millions)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP)   $ 701   $ 402   $ 579  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     10     7     2  
    Provision for income taxes     256     152     243  
    Interest expense, net     54     51     47  
    Depreciation & amortization     293     285     283  
    Change in fair value of equity securities (1)     (119 )   140     (19 )
    Other charges and credits (1)     17         (6 )
    Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)     1,212     1,037     1,130  
    Corporate costs     78     85     83  
    Other (income) / expense not allocated to segments     (28 )   1      
    Total Segment EBITDA (non-GAAP)   $ 1,262   $ 1,124   $ 1,213  
    OFSE     677     623     716  
    IET     585     501     497  


    (1) 
    Change in fair value of equity securities and other charges and credits are reported in “Other (income) expense, net” on the condensed consolidated statements of income (loss).

    Table 1a reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA and Segment EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA and Segment EBITDA exclude the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1b. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes

        Three Months Ended
    (in millions, except per share amounts)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP)   $ 701   $ 402   $ 579  
    Change in fair value of equity securities     (119 )   140     (19 )
    Other adjustments     17         14  
    Tax adjustments(1)     24     (32 )   (6 )
    Total adjustments, net of income tax     (78 )   108     (11 )
    Less: adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests              
    Adjustments attributable to Baker Hughes     (78 )   108     (11 )
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes (non-GAAP)   $ 623   $ 509   $ 568  
             
    Denominator:        
    Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding diluted     991     999     1,001  
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (non-GAAP)   $ 0.63   $ 0.51   $ 0.57  


    (1) 
    All periods reflect the tax associated with the other (income) loss adjustments.

    Table 1b reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes. Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1c. Reconciliation of Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow

        Three Months Ended
    (in millions)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Net cash flows from operating activities (GAAP)   $ 510   $ 709   $ 348  
    Add: cash used for capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets     (271 )   (255 )   (242 )
    Free cash flow (non-GAAP)   $ 239   $ 454   $ 106  

    Table 1c reconciles net cash flows from operating activities, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash flows from operating activities less expenditures for capital assets plus proceeds from disposal of assets.


    Financial Tables (GAAP)

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
    (In millions, except per share amounts)     2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Revenue   $ 6,910   $ 7,139   $ 13,337   $ 13,557  
    Costs and expenses:          
    Cost of revenue     5,295     5,493     10,247     10,469  
    Selling, general and administrative     567     643     1,144     1,261  
    Research and development costs     161     158     307     322  
    Other (income) expense, net     (134 )   (26 )   6     (48 )
    Interest expense, net     54     47     105     88  
    Income before income taxes     967     824     1,528     1,465  
    Provision for income taxes     (256 )   (243 )   (408 )   (421 )
    Net income     711     581     1,120     1,044  
    Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     10     2     17     10  
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes Company   $ 701   $ 579   $ 1,103   $ 1,034  
               
    Per share amounts:      
    Basic income per Class A common stock   $ 0.71   $ 0.58   $ 1.11   $ 1.04  
    Diluted income per Class A common stock   $ 0.71   $ 0.58   $ 1.11   $ 1.03  
               
    Weighted average shares:          
    Class A basic     988     996     990     997  
    Class A diluted     991     1,001     995     1,002  
               
    Cash dividend per Class A common stock   $ 0.23   $ 0.21   $ 0.46   $ 0.42  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
    (Unaudited)
     
    (In millions)   June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
    ASSETS
    Current Assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,087   $ 3,364  
    Current receivables, net     6,511     7,122  
    Inventories, net     5,105     4,954  
    All other current assets     2,915     1,771  
    Total current assets     17,618     17,211  
    Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation     5,176     5,127  
    Goodwill     5,801     6,078  
    Other intangible assets, net     3,919     3,951  
    Contract and other deferred assets     1,841     1,730  
    All other assets     4,385     4,266  
    Total assets   $ 38,740   $ 38,363  
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
    Current Liabilities:      
    Accounts payable   $ 4,340   $ 4,542  
    Short-term debt     66     53  
    Progress collections and deferred income     5,680     5,672  
    All other current liabilities     2,429     2,724  
    Total current liabilities     12,515     12,991  
    Long-term debt     5,968     5,970  
    Liabilities for pensions and other postretirement benefits     997     988  
    All other liabilities     1,392     1,359  
    Equity     17,868     17,055  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 38,740   $ 38,363  
           
    Outstanding Baker Hughes Company shares:      
    Class A common stock     985     990  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
    (In millions)     2025     2025     2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:        
    Net income   $ 711   $ 1,120   $ 1,044  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:        
    Depreciation and amortization     293     579     566  
    Stock-based compensation cost     52     102     101  
    Change in fair value of equity securities     (119 )   21     (71 )
    (Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes     36     (17 )   33  
    Working capital     (120 )   98     (36 )
    Other operating items, net     (343 )   (684 )   (505 )
    Net cash flows provided by operating activities     510     1,219     1,132  
    Cash flows from investing activities:        
    Expenditures for capital assets     (301 )   (601 )   (625 )
    Proceeds from disposal of assets     30     74     101  
    Other investing items, net     (15 )   (69 )   (6 )
    Net cash flows used in investing activities     (286 )   (596 )   (530 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:        
    Repayment of long-term debt             (125 )
    Dividends paid     (227 )   (456 )   (419 )
    Repurchase of Class A common stock     (196 )   (384 )   (324 )
    Other financing items, net     (20 )   (105 )   (61 )
    Net cash flows used in financing activities     (443 )   (945 )   (929 )
    Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     29     45     (35 )
    Decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (190 )   (277 )   (362 )
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     3,277     3,364     2,646  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 3,087   $ 3,087   $ 2,284  
    Supplemental cash flows disclosures:        
    Income taxes paid, net of refunds   $ 211   $ 418   $ 336  
    Interest paid   $ 98   $ 148   $ 150  


    Supplemental Financial Information

    Supplemental financial information can be found on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com in the Financial Information section under Quarterly Results.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company has scheduled an investor conference call to discuss management’s outlook and the results reported in today’s earnings announcement. The call will begin at 9:30 a.m. Eastern time, 8:30 a.m. Central time on Wednesday, July 23, 2025, the content of which is not part of this earnings release. The conference call will be broadcast live via a webcast and can be accessed by visiting the Events and Presentations page on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available on the website for one month following the webcast.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release (and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this release) may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (each a “forward-looking statement”). Forward-looking statements concern future circumstances and results and other statements that are not historical facts and are sometimes identified by the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “would,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “overestimate,” “underestimate,” “believe,” “could,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “target,” “goal” or other similar words or expressions. There are many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are also affected by the risk factors described in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2024 and those set forth from time to time in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The documents are available through the Company’s website at: www.investors.bakerhughes.com or through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Analysis Retrieval system at: www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, except as required by law. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements.

    Our expectations regarding our business outlook and business plans; the business plans of our customers; oil and natural gas market conditions; cost and availability of resources; economic, legal and regulatory conditions, and other matters are only our forecasts regarding these matters.

    These forward-looking statements, including forecasts, may be substantially different from actual results, which are affected by many risks, along with the following risk factors and the timing of any of these risk factors:

    • Economic and political conditions – the impact of worldwide economic conditions and rising inflation; the impact of tariffs and the potential for significant increases thereto; the impact of global trade policy and the potential for significant changes thereto; the effect that declines in credit availability may have on worldwide economic growth and demand for hydrocarbons; foreign currency exchange fluctuations and changes in the capital markets in locations where we operate; and the impact of government disruptions and sanctions.
    • Orders and RPO – our ability to execute on orders and RPO in accordance with agreed specifications, terms and conditions and convert those orders and RPO to revenue and cash.
    • Oil and gas market conditions – the level of petroleum industry exploration, development and production expenditures; the price of, volatility in pricing of, and the demand for crude oil and natural gas; drilling activity; drilling permits for and regulation of the shelf and the deepwater drilling; excess productive capacity; crude and product inventories; liquefied natural gas supply and demand; seasonal and other adverse weather conditions that affect the demand for energy; severe weather conditions, such as tornadoes and hurricanes, that affect exploration and production activities; Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policy and the adherence by OPEC nations to their OPEC production quotas.
    • Terrorism and geopolitical risks – war, military action, terrorist activities or extended periods of international conflict, particularly involving any petroleum-producing or consuming regions, including Russia and Ukraine; and the recent conflict in the Middle East; labor disruptions, civil unrest or security conditions where we operate; potentially burdensome taxation, expropriation of assets by governmental action; cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents or attacks; epidemic outbreaks.

    About Baker Hughes:

    Baker Hughes (Nasdaq: BKR) is an energy technology company that provides solutions to energy and industrial customers worldwide. Built on a century of experience and conducting business in over 120 countries, our innovative technologies and services are taking energy forward – making it safer, cleaner and more efficient for people and the planet. Visit us at bakerhughes.com.

    For more information, please contact:

    Investor Relations

    Chase Mulvehill
    +1 346-297-2561
    investor.relations@bakerhughes.com

    Media Relations

    Adrienne M. Lynch
    +1 713-906-8407
    adrienne.lynch@bakerhughes.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Baker Hughes Company Announces Second-Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Second-quarter highlights

    • Orders of $7.0 billion, including $3.5 billion of IET orders.
    • RPO of $34.0 billion, including record IET RPO of $31.3 billion.
    • Revenue of $6.9 billion, down 3% year-over-year.
    • Attributable net income of $701 million.
    • GAAP diluted EPS of $0.71 and adjusted diluted EPS* of $0.63.
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $1,212 million, up 7% year-over-year.
    • Cash flows from operating activities of $510 million and free cash flow* of $239 million.
    • Returns to shareholders of $423 million, including $196 million of share repurchases.

    HOUSTON and LONDON, July 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Baker Hughes Company (Nasdaq: BKR) (“Baker Hughes” or the “Company”) announced results today for the second quarter of 2025.

    “We delivered strong second-quarter results, with total adjusted EBITDA margins increasing 170 basis points year-over-year to 17.5% despite a modest decline in revenue. This performance reflects the benefits of structural cost improvements and continued deployment of our business system, which is driving higher productivity, stronger operating leverage and more durable earnings across the company,” said Lorenzo Simonelli, Baker Hughes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

    “IET orders totaled $3.5 billion in the quarter, resulting in another record backlog for the segment. Importantly, order momentum remained strong, supported by more than $550 million of data center related orders, despite the absence of large LNG awards. Following a strong first half and a positive outlook for second half awards, we are confident of achieving the full-year order guidance range for IET.”

    “We remain confident in our ability to deliver solid performance in 2025, with continued growth in IET helping to offset softness in more market-sensitive areas of OFSE – underscoring the strength of our portfolio and the benefits of our strategic diversification. Accordingly, we are raising our full-year revenue and EBITDA guidance for IET and reestablishing full-year guidance for OFSE.”

    “During the quarter, we also announced three strategic transactions to advance our portfolio optimization strategy, reinforcing efforts to enhance the durability of earnings and cash flow while creating long-term value for shareholders. These actions are designed to unlock value from non-core businesses in our portfolio and redeploy that capital into higher-margin opportunities that fit our financial and strategic frameworks.”

    “We are progressing with our strategy of positioning the company for sustainable, differentiated growth and commend the focus and dedication of our people in executing this strategy,” concluded Simonelli.

    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    (in millions except per share amounts)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders   $ 7,032   $ 6,459   $ 7,526     9 % (7 %)
    Revenue     6,910     6,427     7,139     8 % (3 %)
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes     701     402     579     74 % 21 %
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes*     623     509     568     22 % 10 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*     1,212     1,037     1,130     17 % 7 %
    Diluted earnings per share (EPS)     0.71     0.40     0.58     76 % 22 %
    Adjusted diluted EPS*     0.63     0.51     0.57     23 % 11 %
    Cash flow from operating activities     510     709     348     (28 %) 47 %
    Free cash flow*     239     454     106     (47 %) F


    * Non-GAAP measure. See reconciliations in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Certain columns and rows in our tables and financial statements may not sum up due to the use of rounded numbers.

    “F” is used in most instances when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    Quarter Highlights

    Executing our portfolio optimization strategy

    In the second quarter, Baker Hughes announced three strategic transactions, all of which reflect a disciplined capital allocation framework and a focus on core businesses with strong return potential.

    First, the Company signed an agreement to form a joint venture with a subsidiary of Cactus, Inc., contributing the Oilfield Services & Equipment’s (OFSE) Surface Pressure Control (SPC) product line in exchange for approximately $345 million while maintaining a minority ownership stake.

    Second, the Company announced an agreement to sell the Precision Sensors & Instrumentation (PSI) product line within Industrial & Energy Technology (IET) to Crane Company for approximately $1.15 billion. These proceeds will enhance the Company’s flexibility to reinvest in higher-growth, higher-return areas that support further margin expansion and improved returns.

    Finally, Baker Hughes agreed to acquire Continental Disc Corporation (CDC), a leading provider of pressure management solutions, for approximately $540 million. The CDC acquisition strengthens the IET Industrial Products portfolio with a highly complementary, margin-accretive business that expands the Company’s position in the flow and pressure control market and enhances recurring, lifecycle driven revenue.

    Key awards and technology achievements

    The Company continued to support the development of critical data center projects, with year-to-date data center awards of more than $650 million. IET received an award to supply 30 NovaLT™ turbines, representing our largest data center award to-date. The turbines, alongside other associated Baker Hughes equipment, will deliver up to 500 megawatts (MW) of reliable and efficient power for data center development across various U.S. locations.

    Frontier Infrastructure awarded a contract for NovaLT™ turbines, delivering up to 270 MW of power for its data center projects in Wyoming and Texas. This follows the March 2025 enterprise-wide agreement to accelerate large scale carbon capture and storage (CCS) and power solutions.

    Baker Hughes continues to grow the pipeline of future data center opportunities. At the Saudi-U.S. Investment Forum in May, the Company signed an MoU with DataVolt that plans to power data centers globally, including the NEOM project in the Kingdom that intends to utilize Baker Hughes’ multi-fuel NovaLT™ technology solution.

    In addition to growing demand from data center applications, IET experienced increased demand for NovaLT™ turbines in the gas infrastructure sector. During the second quarter, the segment secured an award for four gas turbines to support Aramco’s Master Gas System III pipeline project. Including this award, we have secured a total of $2.9 billion in gas infrastructure equipment orders over the past six quarters.

    Highlighting the durability of IET’s lifecycle model, the segment was awarded several aftermarket services contracts. In Gas Technology Services (GTS), the Company secured more than $350 million of Contractual Services Agreements (CSA) during the quarter. We signed a maintenance agreement with Belayim Petroleum Company (“Petrobel”) to improve uptime and reliability of critical turbomachinery equipment in Egypt. Also in GTS, we renewed a multi-year service agreement with Oman LNG, including resident engineering support along with digital remote monitoring and diagnostics services delivered through iCenter™.

    The Company gained further traction with New Energy globally, with year-to-date bookings now totaling $1.25 billion. In Climate Technology Solutions (CTS), we secured one of our largest CCS orders to-date, providing compression technology for a CCS hub in the Middle East. Also in CTS, we signed a framework agreement with Energinet in Denmark to supply 16 reciprocating compressor packages, supporting an increase in biogas production while driving methane and CO2 emissions reduction for gas infrastructure across the country.

    Industrial Technology continued to demonstrate strong momentum across multiple end markets. In Industrial Solutions, we secured a variety of awards for our Cordant™ suite of solutions. This includes an award from a large NOC to deploy Asset Performance Management across several compression stations in the Middle East, and an award from NOVA Chemicals to optimize maintenance spend and maximize production.

    OFSE maintained strong momentum in Mature Assets Solutions around the globe. In Angola, OFSE was awarded multi-year production solutions contracts for chemicals, artificial lift, and digital services to support a major operator’s offshore activities. In Kazakhstan, the TOPAN and Baker Hughes joint venture secured a critical production chemicals and services award. In Norway, Equinor awarded OFSE a contract to industrialize offshore plug and abandonment (P&A) operations in the Oseberg East field, which followed the announcement of a multi-year P&A framework agreement for integrated well services.

    OFSE saw continued adoption of Leucipa™ automated field production solution, securing an award from Repsol for next-generation AI capabilities following the MoU signed in October 2024. The Company also signed an agreement with ENI to deploy Leucipa for electric submersible pumps (ESP) optimization and AI-powered predictive failure analytics in the Middle East.

    Also in the Middle East, Baker Hughes signed a master services agreement with Aramco for installation and maintenance of ESPs across the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

    In North America, OFSE secured a multi-year contract to provide drag reducing chemicals to be deployed on Genesis Energy’s Cameron Highway Oil Pipeline and Poseidon systems, each of which is operated and 64% owned by Genesis Energy. To support this agreement, OFSE will expand its chemicals manufacturing footprint and deploy Leucipa. Additionally, bp awarded OFSE a multi-year chemicals management services contract to optimize throughput and asset reliability in the U.S. Gulf Coast.

    In Germany, OFSE successfully drilled Lower Saxony’s first productive deep geothermal exploration well, a project that leverages OFSE’s integrated well construction and production capabilities and the Company’s industry-leading subsurface-to-surface digital solutions to monitor and optimize operational performance.

    Consolidated Financial Results

    Revenue for the quarter was $6,910 million, an increase of 8% sequentially and down $229 million year-over-year. The decrease in revenue year-over-year was driven by a decrease in OFSE partially offset by an increase in IET.

    The Company’s total book-to-bill ratio in the second quarter of 2025 was 1.0; the IET book-to-bill ratio was 1.1.

    Net income as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for the second quarter of 2025 was $701 million. Net income increased $299 million sequentially and increased $122 million year-over-year.

    Adjusted net income (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the second quarter of 2025 was $623 million, which excludes adjustments totaling $78 million. A list of the adjusting items and associated reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1b in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted net income for the second quarter of 2025 was up 22% sequentially and up 10% year-over-year.

    Depreciation and amortization for the second quarter of 2025 was $293 million.

    Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the second quarter of 2025 was $1,212 million, which excludes adjustments totaling $102 million. See Table 1a in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter was up 17% sequentially and up 7% year-over-year.

    The sequential increase in adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA was primarily driven by an increase in volume, favorable FX, and overall productivity. The year-over-year increase in adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA was driven by productivity and structural cost out initiatives, favorable FX, partially offset by lower volume in OFSE, and cost inflation in both segments.

    Other Financial Items

    Remaining Performance Obligations (“RPO”) in the second quarter of 2025 ended at $34 billion, an increase of $0.8 billion from the first quarter of 2025. OFSE RPO was $2.7 billion, down 3% sequentially, while IET RPO was $31.3 billion, up 3% sequentially. Within IET RPO, GTE RPO was $11.3 billion, and GTS RPO was $15.6 billion.

    Income tax expense in the second quarter of 2025 was $256 million.

    Other (income) expense, net in the second quarter of 2025 was $(134) million, primarily related to changes in fair value for equity securities of $(119) million.

    GAAP diluted earnings per share was $0.71. Adjusted diluted earnings per share (a non-GAAP financial measure) was $0.63. Excluded from adjusted diluted earnings per share were all items listed in Table 1b in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Cash flow from operating activities was $510 million for the second quarter of 2025. Free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the quarter was $239 million. A reconciliation from GAAP has been provided in Table 1c in the section titled “Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

    Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets, were $271 million for the second quarter of 2025, of which $184 million was for OFSE and $68 million was for IET.

    Results by Reporting Segment

    The following segment discussions and variance explanations are intended to reflect management’s view of the relevant comparisons of financial results on a sequential or year-over-year basis, depending on the business dynamics of the reporting segments.

    Oilfield Services & Equipment

    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders   $ 3,503   $ 3,281   $ 4,068     7 % (14 %)
    Revenue   $ 3,617   $ 3,499   $ 4,011     3 % (10 %)
    EBITDA   $ 677   $ 623   $ 716     9 % (5 %)
    EBITDA margin     18.7 %   17.8 %   17.8 %   0.9pts 0.9pts
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Well Construction   $ 921   $ 892   $ 1,090     3 % (16 %)
    Completions, Intervention, and Measurements     935     925     1,118     1 % (16 %)
    Production Solutions     968     899     958     8 % 1 %
    Subsea & Surface Pressure Systems     793     782     845     1 % (6 %)
    Total Revenue   $ 3,617   $ 3,499   $ 4,011     3 % (10 %)
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Geographic Region   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    North America   $ 928   $ 922   $ 1,023     1 % (9 %)
    Latin America     639     568     663     12 % (4 %)
    Europe/CIS/Sub-Saharan Africa     653     580     827     13 % (21 %)
    Middle East/Asia     1,398     1,429     1,498     (2 %) (7 %)
    Total Revenue   $ 3,617   $ 3,499   $ 4,011     3 % (10 %)
                   
    North America   $ 928   $ 922   $ 1,023     1 % (9 %)
    International   $ 2,689   $ 2,577   $ 2,988     4 % (10 %)


    EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization of
    $233 million, $226 million, and $223 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    OFSE orders of $3,503 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased by 7% sequentially. Subsea and Surface Pressure Systems orders were $698 million, up 31% sequentially, and down 21% year-over-year.

    OFSE revenue of $3,617 million for the second quarter of 2025 was up 3% sequentially, and down 10% year-over-year.

    North America revenue was $928 million, up 1% sequentially. International revenue was $2,689 million, up 4% sequentially, with increase in all regions with the exception of Middle East and Asia.

    Segment EBITDA for the second quarter of 2025 was $677 million, an increase of $54 million, or 9% sequentially. The sequential increase in EBITDA was primarily driven by productivity, structural cost-out initiatives, volume increase, partially offset by inflation and revenue mix.

    Industrial & Energy Technology

    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Segment results   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Orders   $ 3,530   $ 3,178   $ 3,458     11 % 2 %
    Revenue   $ 3,293   $ 2,928   $ 3,128     12 % 5 %
    EBITDA   $ 585   $ 501   $ 497     17 % 18 %
    EBITDA margin     17.8 %   17.1 %   15.9 %   0.7pts 1.9pts
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Orders by Product Line   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment   $ 781   $ 1,335   $ 1,493     (42 %) (48 %)
    Gas Technology Services     986     913     769     8 % 28 %
    Total Gas Technology     1,767     2,248     2,261     (21 %) (22 %)
    Industrial Products     513     501     524     2 % (2 %)
    Industrial Solutions     327     281     281     16 % 16 %
    Total Industrial Technology     839     782     805     7 % 4 %
    Climate Technology Solutions     923     148     392     F F
    Total Orders   $ 3,530   $ 3,178   $ 3,458     11 % 2 %
    (in millions)   Three Months Ended   Variance
    Revenue by Product Line   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024   Sequential Year-over-year
    Gas Technology Equipment   $ 1,624   $ 1,456   $ 1,539     12 % 6 %
    Gas Technology Services     752     592     691     27 % 9 %
    Total Gas Technology     2,377     2,047     2,230     16 % 7 %
    Industrial Products     488     445     509     10 % (4 %)
    Industrial Solutions     273     258     262     6 % 4 %
    Total Industrial Technology     761     703     770     8 % (1 %)
    Climate Technology Solutions     156     178     128     (12 %) 22 %
    Total Revenue   $ 3,293   $ 2,928   $ 3,128     12 % 5 %


    EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization of
    $56 million, $53 million, and $55 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by revenue.

    “F” is used in most instances when variance is above 100%. Additionally, “U” is used when variance is below (100)%.

    IET orders of $3,530 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased by $72 million, or 2% year-over-year. The increase was driven primarily by Climate Technology Solutions and partially offset by Gas Technology.

    IET revenue of $3,293 million for the second quarter of 2025 increased $165 million, or 5% year-over-year. The increase was driven by Gas Technology Equipment, up $85 million or 6% year-over-year, Gas Technology Services, up $61 million or 9% year-over-year, and Climate Technology Solutions, up $28 million or 22% year-over-year.

    Segment EBITDA for the quarter was $585 million, an increase of $88 million, or 18% year-over-year. The year-over-year increase in segment EBITDA was driven by positive pricing, favorable FX, and productivity, partially offset by cost inflation.

    Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Management provides non-GAAP financial measures because it believes such measures are widely accepted financial indicators used by investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance (including adjusted EBITDA; adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes; and adjusted diluted earnings per share) and liquidity (free cash flow) and that these measures may be used by investors to make informed investment decisions. Management believes that the exclusion of certain identified items from several key operating performance measures enables us to evaluate our operations more effectively, to identify underlying trends in the business, and to establish operational goals for certain management compensation purposes. Management also believes that free cash flow is an important supplemental measure of our cash performance but should not be considered as a measure of residual cash flow available for discretionary purposes, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities presented in accordance with GAAP.

    Table 1a. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to Adjusted EBITDA and Segment EBITDA

        Three Months Ended
    (in millions)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP)   $ 701   $ 402   $ 579  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     10     7     2  
    Provision for income taxes     256     152     243  
    Interest expense, net     54     51     47  
    Depreciation & amortization     293     285     283  
    Change in fair value of equity securities (1)     (119 )   140     (19 )
    Other charges and credits (1)     17         (6 )
    Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)     1,212     1,037     1,130  
    Corporate costs     78     85     83  
    Other (income) / expense not allocated to segments     (28 )   1      
    Total Segment EBITDA (non-GAAP)   $ 1,262   $ 1,124   $ 1,213  
    OFSE     677     623     716  
    IET     585     501     497  


    (1) 
    Change in fair value of equity securities and other charges and credits are reported in “Other (income) expense, net” on the condensed consolidated statements of income (loss).

    Table 1a reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA and Segment EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA and Segment EBITDA exclude the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1b. Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes to Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Baker Hughes

        Three Months Ended
    (in millions, except per share amounts)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes (GAAP)   $ 701   $ 402   $ 579  
    Change in fair value of equity securities     (119 )   140     (19 )
    Other adjustments     17         14  
    Tax adjustments(1)     24     (32 )   (6 )
    Total adjustments, net of income tax     (78 )   108     (11 )
    Less: adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests              
    Adjustments attributable to Baker Hughes     (78 )   108     (11 )
    Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes (non-GAAP)   $ 623   $ 509   $ 568  
             
    Denominator:        
    Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding diluted     991     999     1,001  
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (non-GAAP)   $ 0.63   $ 0.51   $ 0.57  


    (1) 
    All periods reflect the tax associated with the other (income) loss adjustments.

    Table 1b reconciles net income attributable to Baker Hughes, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes. Adjusted net income attributable to Baker Hughes excludes the impact of certain identified items.

    Table 1c. Reconciliation of Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow

        Three Months Ended
    (in millions)   June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    Net cash flows from operating activities (GAAP)   $ 510   $ 709   $ 348  
    Add: cash used for capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposal of assets     (271 )   (255 )   (242 )
    Free cash flow (non-GAAP)   $ 239   $ 454   $ 106  

    Table 1c reconciles net cash flows from operating activities, which is the directly comparable financial result determined in accordance with GAAP, to free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash flows from operating activities less expenditures for capital assets plus proceeds from disposal of assets.


    Financial Tables (GAAP)

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
    (In millions, except per share amounts)     2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Revenue   $ 6,910   $ 7,139   $ 13,337   $ 13,557  
    Costs and expenses:          
    Cost of revenue     5,295     5,493     10,247     10,469  
    Selling, general and administrative     567     643     1,144     1,261  
    Research and development costs     161     158     307     322  
    Other (income) expense, net     (134 )   (26 )   6     (48 )
    Interest expense, net     54     47     105     88  
    Income before income taxes     967     824     1,528     1,465  
    Provision for income taxes     (256 )   (243 )   (408 )   (421 )
    Net income     711     581     1,120     1,044  
    Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     10     2     17     10  
    Net income attributable to Baker Hughes Company   $ 701   $ 579   $ 1,103   $ 1,034  
               
    Per share amounts:      
    Basic income per Class A common stock   $ 0.71   $ 0.58   $ 1.11   $ 1.04  
    Diluted income per Class A common stock   $ 0.71   $ 0.58   $ 1.11   $ 1.03  
               
    Weighted average shares:          
    Class A basic     988     996     990     997  
    Class A diluted     991     1,001     995     1,002  
               
    Cash dividend per Class A common stock   $ 0.23   $ 0.21   $ 0.46   $ 0.42  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
    (Unaudited)
     
    (In millions)   June 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
    ASSETS
    Current Assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,087   $ 3,364  
    Current receivables, net     6,511     7,122  
    Inventories, net     5,105     4,954  
    All other current assets     2,915     1,771  
    Total current assets     17,618     17,211  
    Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation     5,176     5,127  
    Goodwill     5,801     6,078  
    Other intangible assets, net     3,919     3,951  
    Contract and other deferred assets     1,841     1,730  
    All other assets     4,385     4,266  
    Total assets   $ 38,740   $ 38,363  
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
    Current Liabilities:      
    Accounts payable   $ 4,340   $ 4,542  
    Short-term debt     66     53  
    Progress collections and deferred income     5,680     5,672  
    All other current liabilities     2,429     2,724  
    Total current liabilities     12,515     12,991  
    Long-term debt     5,968     5,970  
    Liabilities for pensions and other postretirement benefits     997     988  
    All other liabilities     1,392     1,359  
    Equity     17,868     17,055  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 38,740   $ 38,363  
           
    Outstanding Baker Hughes Company shares:      
    Class A common stock     985     990  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
    (In millions)     2025     2025     2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:        
    Net income   $ 711   $ 1,120   $ 1,044  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:        
    Depreciation and amortization     293     579     566  
    Stock-based compensation cost     52     102     101  
    Change in fair value of equity securities     (119 )   21     (71 )
    (Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes     36     (17 )   33  
    Working capital     (120 )   98     (36 )
    Other operating items, net     (343 )   (684 )   (505 )
    Net cash flows provided by operating activities     510     1,219     1,132  
    Cash flows from investing activities:        
    Expenditures for capital assets     (301 )   (601 )   (625 )
    Proceeds from disposal of assets     30     74     101  
    Other investing items, net     (15 )   (69 )   (6 )
    Net cash flows used in investing activities     (286 )   (596 )   (530 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:        
    Repayment of long-term debt             (125 )
    Dividends paid     (227 )   (456 )   (419 )
    Repurchase of Class A common stock     (196 )   (384 )   (324 )
    Other financing items, net     (20 )   (105 )   (61 )
    Net cash flows used in financing activities     (443 )   (945 )   (929 )
    Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     29     45     (35 )
    Decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (190 )   (277 )   (362 )
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     3,277     3,364     2,646  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 3,087   $ 3,087   $ 2,284  
    Supplemental cash flows disclosures:        
    Income taxes paid, net of refunds   $ 211   $ 418   $ 336  
    Interest paid   $ 98   $ 148   $ 150  


    Supplemental Financial Information

    Supplemental financial information can be found on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com in the Financial Information section under Quarterly Results.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company has scheduled an investor conference call to discuss management’s outlook and the results reported in today’s earnings announcement. The call will begin at 9:30 a.m. Eastern time, 8:30 a.m. Central time on Wednesday, July 23, 2025, the content of which is not part of this earnings release. The conference call will be broadcast live via a webcast and can be accessed by visiting the Events and Presentations page on the Company’s website at: investors.bakerhughes.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available on the website for one month following the webcast.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release (and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this release) may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (each a “forward-looking statement”). Forward-looking statements concern future circumstances and results and other statements that are not historical facts and are sometimes identified by the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “would,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “overestimate,” “underestimate,” “believe,” “could,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “target,” “goal” or other similar words or expressions. There are many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are also affected by the risk factors described in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2024 and those set forth from time to time in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The documents are available through the Company’s website at: www.investors.bakerhughes.com or through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Analysis Retrieval system at: www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, except as required by law. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements.

    Our expectations regarding our business outlook and business plans; the business plans of our customers; oil and natural gas market conditions; cost and availability of resources; economic, legal and regulatory conditions, and other matters are only our forecasts regarding these matters.

    These forward-looking statements, including forecasts, may be substantially different from actual results, which are affected by many risks, along with the following risk factors and the timing of any of these risk factors:

    • Economic and political conditions – the impact of worldwide economic conditions and rising inflation; the impact of tariffs and the potential for significant increases thereto; the impact of global trade policy and the potential for significant changes thereto; the effect that declines in credit availability may have on worldwide economic growth and demand for hydrocarbons; foreign currency exchange fluctuations and changes in the capital markets in locations where we operate; and the impact of government disruptions and sanctions.
    • Orders and RPO – our ability to execute on orders and RPO in accordance with agreed specifications, terms and conditions and convert those orders and RPO to revenue and cash.
    • Oil and gas market conditions – the level of petroleum industry exploration, development and production expenditures; the price of, volatility in pricing of, and the demand for crude oil and natural gas; drilling activity; drilling permits for and regulation of the shelf and the deepwater drilling; excess productive capacity; crude and product inventories; liquefied natural gas supply and demand; seasonal and other adverse weather conditions that affect the demand for energy; severe weather conditions, such as tornadoes and hurricanes, that affect exploration and production activities; Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policy and the adherence by OPEC nations to their OPEC production quotas.
    • Terrorism and geopolitical risks – war, military action, terrorist activities or extended periods of international conflict, particularly involving any petroleum-producing or consuming regions, including Russia and Ukraine; and the recent conflict in the Middle East; labor disruptions, civil unrest or security conditions where we operate; potentially burdensome taxation, expropriation of assets by governmental action; cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents or attacks; epidemic outbreaks.

    About Baker Hughes:

    Baker Hughes (Nasdaq: BKR) is an energy technology company that provides solutions to energy and industrial customers worldwide. Built on a century of experience and conducting business in over 120 countries, our innovative technologies and services are taking energy forward – making it safer, cleaner and more efficient for people and the planet. Visit us at bakerhughes.com.

    For more information, please contact:

    Investor Relations

    Chase Mulvehill
    +1 346-297-2561
    investor.relations@bakerhughes.com

    Media Relations

    Adrienne M. Lynch
    +1 713-906-8407
    adrienne.lynch@bakerhughes.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Weatherford Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Second quarter revenue of $1,204 million increased 1% sequentially
    • Second quarter operating income of $237 million increased 67% sequentially
    • Second quarter net income of $136 million increased 79% sequentially; net income margin of 11.3%
    • Second quarter adjusted EBITDA* of $254 million was flat sequentially; adjusted EBITDA margin* of 21.1% decreased 11 basis points sequentially
    • Second quarter cash provided by operating activities of $128 million and adjusted free cash flow* of $79 million
    • Repurchased $27 million of 8.625% Senior Notes due 2030 in the second quarter of 2025
    • Shareholder return of $52 million for the quarter, which included dividend payments of $18 million and share repurchases of $34 million
    • Board approved quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share, payable on September 4, 2025, to shareholders of record as of August 6, 2025
    • Signed an agreement with Amazon Web Services to migrate and modernize our digital platforms, including the Modern Edge Platform and Unified Data Model, enhancing operational efficiency and data-driven decision-making. The collaboration also boosts Weatherford’s Software Launchpad, offering scalable, cloud-based solutions while ensuring data control and integration flexibility

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    HOUSTON, July 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Weatherford International plc (NASDAQ: WFRD) (“Weatherford” or the “Company”) announced today its results for the second quarter of 2025.

    Revenues for the second quarter of 2025 were $1,204 million, an increase of 1% sequentially and a decrease of 14% year-over-year. Operating income in the second quarter of 2025 was $237 million, an increase of 67% sequentially and a decrease of 10% year-over-year. Net income in the second quarter of 2025 was $136 million, with a 11.3% margin, an increase of 79%, or 493 basis points, sequentially, and an increase of 9%, or 240 basis points, year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA* was $254 million, with a 21.1% margin, flat, or a decrease of 11 basis points, sequentially, and a decrease of 30%, or 488 basis points, year-over-year. Basic income per share in the second quarter of 2025 was $1.87, an increase of 81% sequentially and an increase of 10% year-over-year. Diluted income per share in the second quarter of 2025 was $1.87, an increase of 81% sequentially and an increase of 13% year-over-year.

    Second quarter 2025 cash flows provided by operating activities were $128 million, a decrease of 10% sequentially and a decrease of 15% year-over-year. Adjusted free cash flow* was $79 million, an increase of 20% sequentially and a decrease of 18% year-over-year. Capital expenditures were $54 million in the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of 30% sequentially and a decrease of 13% year-over-year.

    Girish Saligram, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “Our core operating markets continued to exhibit activity slowdown during the quarter, driven by geopolitical events, supply-demand imbalance concerns, and trade uncertainties. Despite these structural headwinds, the One Weatherford team delivered second-quarter results in line with expectations, reflecting disciplined execution and operational efficiency in a distinctly softer market. The sequential performance demonstrates strong fundamentals and the resilience of our operating model. Revenues increased and adjusted EBITDA was flat despite the previously announced divestiture of certain businesses in Argentina. Adjusted Free Cash Flow also increased, even as receivables continued to build in Latin America due to lack of payments in Mexico. This performance underscores the strength of the new Weatherford operating paradigm and marks a positive departure from past responses to prior market cycle inflections.

    Looking ahead, activity levels in both North America and international markets continue to show signs of sluggishness, and expectations for a broader sector recovery have shifted further to the right. While we anticipate a relatively flat trajectory on revenues for the immediate future, we remain focused on driving adjusted free cash flow conversion through portfolio optimization, structural cost efficiencies, optimization of working capital, and CAPEX efficiency.”

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Operational & Commercial Highlights

    • An International Oil Company (IOC) awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide Managed Pressure Drilling (MPD) services for a deepwater development project in Mexico.
    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a one-year contract extension to provide MPD services for its onshore and offshore wells.
    • Weatherford, with Superior Energy Services, secured a three-year contract to supply conventional completions (Upper and Lower) equipment to Petrobras for pre-salt and post-salt fields offshore Brazil.
    • Cairn Oil & Gas granted Weatherford a Letter of Award to provide Completions, Liner Hanger, Whipstock systems and services, and MPD services for High Temperature – Ultra High Temperature (HT-UHT) drilling and rigless project in Barmer, India.
    • bp UK awarded Weatherford a one-year contract to provide Cementation Products, Completions, Drilling Services, Intervention Services & Drilling Tools (ISDT), and a one-year contract to provide Liner Hanger systems for the Northern Endurance Partnership CO2 Storage Project in offshore UK.
    • Beach Energy Limited awarded Weatherford contracts to provide Cementation Products, Cement Heads, Liner Hangers, and Tubular Running Services (TRS) for a campaign in offshore Australia.
    • Origin Energy awarded Weatherford a five-year contract to re-supply PCP systems in onshore Australia.
    • OMV awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to supply Completions and Reservoir Monitoring equipment in Tunisia.
    • Shell awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide ISDT offshore in the Gulf of America.
    • An IOC awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide thru-tubing Well Services in offshore Malaysia.
    • Kuwait Oil Company (KOC) awarded Weatherford a contract for the supply of XpressTM XT Liner Hanger systems for deep drilling operations in Kuwait.
    • A National Oil Company in the Middle East awarded a two-year contract to provide thru-tubing and safety valve systems in the United Arab Emirates.
    • A major operator in Canada awarded Weatherford a two-year contract to provide Artificial Lift services in onshore Canada.
    • Weatherford, in strategic partnership with Constellation, secured a three-year contract to deliver TRS, integrating the automated Vero™ technology into their rig for Petrobras in offshore Brazil.

    Technology Highlights

    • Drilling & Evaluation (“DRE”)
      • In Kuwait, Weatherford successfully deployed combined Magnus™ and Victus™ solutions for a pilot project for KOC. This approach enabled the use of a smaller wellhead, eliminated one casing string, and allowed effective drilling and cementing through stacked reservoirs, potentially unlocking new completion designs and enhancing recovery.
      • In Qatar, Weatherford successfully completed the first Modus™ job using MPD techniques that significantly improved operational efficiency and well safety. The Modus system enabled the operator to reach the targeted total depth while saving substantial rig time and costs compared to conventional methods.
      • In Norway, Weatherford successfully completed three open hole logging jobs for an international operator using coiled tubing for deployment. This approach enabled effective logging in a highly deviated well, overcoming the limitations of conventional wireline conveyance.
    • Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)
      • In the Gulf of America, Weatherford successfully integrated multiple TRS technologies for bp. This integration enhanced operational speed, cost-effectiveness, and well integrity while improving quality, efficiency, and safety by reducing personnel requirements and eliminating manual intervention.
      • In the United Kingdom, Weatherford successfully implemented StringGuardTM for Shell. The solution is designed to provide protection against potential dropped string events, with the aim of maintaining operational focus and incident free delivery.
    • Production and Intervention (“PRI”)
      • Weatherford’s Rotaflex® Artificial Lift technology has witnessed continued global adoption, with recent installations in France, Australia, and Oman. These projects have addressed a variety of operational challenges, including the replacement of Electric Submersible Pumps and conventional pumping units, enhancement of production efficiency, support for Coal Bed Methane initiatives, and restoration of output in complex wells, underscoring the versatility and effectiveness of the Rotaflex technology.
      • In Norway, Weatherford completed a successful field trial of TITAN RS technology for Equinor, following the acquisition of Ardyne. The trial delivered a full casing cut and recovery solution for the plug and abandonment market, reinforcing Weatherford’s leadership in advanced well abandonment.
      • In Saudi Arabia, Weatherford installed the first Rod Lift system in the Jafurah field. The unit was successfully commissioned, validating Weatherford’s Rod Lift technology as a viable artificial lift solution for this unconventional gas field.

    Shareholder Return

    During the second quarter of 2025, Weatherford paid dividends of $18 million and repurchased shares for approximately $34 million, resulting in a total shareholder return of $52 million. In the first half of the year, Weatherford paid dividends of $36 million and repurchased shares for approximately $87 million, resulting in a total shareholder return of $123 million.

    On July 17, 2025, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.25 per share of the Company’s ordinary shares, payable on September 4, 2025, to shareholders of record as of August 6, 2025.

    Results by Reportable Segment

    Drilling and Evaluation (“DRE”)
      

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $          335     $              350     $          427     (4)   %   (22)    %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $            69     $                 74     $          130     (7)   %   (47)    %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     20.6 %     21.1 %     30.4 %            (55) bps         (985) bps

    Second quarter 2025 DRE revenue of $335 million decreased by $15 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily from lower Wireline activity in North America and Latin America partly offset by higher Drilling Services activity in Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia and Latin America. Year-over-year DRE revenue decreased by $92 million, or 22%, primarily from lower activity across all geographies, especially in Latin America, partly offset by higher Drilling Services activity in Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/ Russia, North America and Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Second quarter 2025 DRE segment adjusted EBITDA of $69 million decreased by $5 million, or 7% sequentially, primarily from lower Wireline activity, partly offset by higher Drilling Services activity. Year-over-year DRE segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $61 million, or 47%, primarily from lower activity across all geographies, especially in Latin America.

    Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)  

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $          456     $              441     $          504     3 %   (10)   %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $          118     $              128     $          145     (8) %   (19)   %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     25.9 %     29.0 %     28.8 %         (315) bps          (289) bps

    Second quarter 2025 WCC revenue of $456 million increased by $15 million, or 3% sequentially, primarily from higher Liner Hangers and Cementation Products activity partly offset by lower Completions activity especially in Latin America.  Year-over-year WCC revenues decreased by $48 million, or 10%, primarily from lower activity in Latin America, Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia and North America partly offset by higher Liner Hangers activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Second quarter 2025 WCC segment adjusted EBITDA of $118 million decreased by $10 million, or 8% sequentially, primarily from lower Completions activity partly offset by higher Liner Hangers activity and Cementation Products activity and fall through. Year-over-year WCC segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $27 million, or 19%, primarily from lower activity in Latin America, Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia and North America partly offset by higher Liner Hangers and TRS fall through in Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Production and Intervention (“PRI”)  

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $          327         $              334     $          369     (2)  %   (11)   %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $            63         $                 62     $            85     2 %   (26)   %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     19.3 %     18.6 %     23.0 %             70  bps          (377) bps

    Second quarter 2025 PRI revenue of $327 million  decreased by $7 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from lower Pressure Pumping activity in Latin America pursuant to the sale of the Argentina Pressure Pumping business partly offset by higher Artificial Lift and Sub-sea Intervention activity. Year-over-year PRI revenue decreased by $42 million, or 11%, as lower activity across all geographies was partly offset by higher Sub-sea intervention activity in Latin America.

    Second quarter 2025 PRI segment adjusted EBITDA of $63 million increased by $1 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from  higher Sub-sea Intervention activity and fall through partly offset by lower Pressure Pumping activity in Latin America pursuant to the sale of the Argentina Pressure Pumping business. Year-over-year PRI segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $22 million, or 26%, primarily from lower activity across all geographies, partly offset by higher Sub-sea intervention activity and fall through in Latin America.

    Revenue by Geography 

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    North America   $             241   $                  250   $             252   (4) %   (4) %
                         
    International   $             963   $                  943   $          1,153   2 %   (16) %
       Latin America                     195                        241                    353   (19) %   (45) %
       Middle East/North Africa/Asia                    524                        503                    542   4 %   (3) %
       Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia                    244                        199                    258   23 %   (5) %
    Total Revenue   $          1,204   $               1,193   $          1,405   1 %   (14) %


    North America

    Second quarter 2025 North America revenue of $241 million decreased by $9 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily from lower Wireline activity in Canada Land, partly offset by higher Cementation Products and Liner Hangers activity. Year-over-year, North America decreased by $11 million, or 4% , primarily from lower activity across all the segments, partly offset by higher activity in US Offshore.

    International

    Second quarter 2025 international revenue of $963 million increased by $20 million, or 2% sequentially and decreased by $190 million, or 16% year-over-year.

    Second quarter 2025 Latin America revenue of $195 million decreased by $46 million, or 19% sequentially, primarily from lower activity in Argentina pursuant to the sale of the Argentina Pressure Pumping business, partly offset by higher Sub-sea intervention activity. Year-over-year, Latin America revenue decreased by $158 million, or 45%, primarily from lower activity in Mexico and Argentina, partly offset by higher Sub-sea intervention activity.

    Second quarter 2025 Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue of $524 million increased by $21 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily from higher Liner Hangers and Cementation Products activity partly offset by lower Drilling Services. Year-over-year, the Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue decreased by $18 million, or 3%, primarily from lower activity in the DRE and PRI segments partly offset by higher Liner Hangers activity.

    Second quarter 2025 Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue of $244 million increased by $45 million, or 23% sequentially, primarily from higher activity across all the segments. Year-over-year, Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue decreased by $14 million, or 5%, primarily from lower activity across all the segments especially WCC, partly offset by higher Drilling Services and Pressure Pumping.

    About Weatherford
    Weatherford delivers innovative energy services that integrate proven technologies with advanced digitalization to create sustainable offerings for maximized value and return on investment. Our world-class experts partner with customers to optimize their resources and realize the full potential of their assets. Operators choose us for strategic solutions that add efficiency, flexibility, and responsibility to any energy operation. The Company conducts business in approximately 75 countries and has approximately 17,300 team members representing more than 110 nationalities and 310 operating locations. Visit weatherford.com for more information and connect with us on social media.

    Conference Call Details

    Weatherford will host a conference call on Wednesday, July 23, 2025, to discuss the Company’s results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025. The conference call will begin at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (7:30 a.m. Central Time).

    Listeners are encouraged to download the accompanying presentation slides which will be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Listeners can participate in the conference call via a live webcast at https://www.weatherford.com/investor-relations/investor-news-and-events/events/ or by dialing +1 877-328-5344 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-902-6762 (outside of the U.S.) and asking for the Weatherford conference call. Participants should log in or dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the call.

    A telephonic replay of the conference call will be available until August 6, 2025, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. To access the replay, please dial +1 877-344-7529 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-317-0088 (outside of the U.S.) and reference conference number 1312926. A replay and transcript of the earnings call will also be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Contacts
    For Investors:
    Luke Lemoine
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Development & Investor Relations
    +1 713-836-7777
    investor.relations@weatherford.com

    For Media:
    Kelley Hughes
    Senior Director, Communications & Employee Engagement
    media@weatherford.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains projections and forward-looking statements concerning, among other things, the Company’s adjusted EBITDA*, adjusted EBITDA margin*, adjusted free cash flow*, shareholder return program, forecasts or expectations regarding business outlook, prospects for its operations, capital expenditures, expectations regarding future financial results, and are also generally identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “budget,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “guidance,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs of Weatherford’s management and are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated in our forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are only estimates and may differ materially from actual future events or results, based on factors including but not limited to: global political, economic and market conditions, political disturbances, war or other global conflicts, terrorist attacks, changes in global trade policies, tariffs and sanctions, weak local economic conditions and international currency fluctuations; general global economic repercussions related to U.S. and global inflationary pressures and potential recessionary concerns; various effects from conflicts in the Middle East and the Russia Ukraine conflicts, including, but not limited to, nationalization of assets, extended business interruptions, sanctions, treaties and regulations (including changes in the regulatory environment) imposed by various countries, associated operational and logistical challenges, and impacts to the overall global energy supply; cybersecurity issues; our ability to comply with, and respond to, climate change, environmental, social and governance and other sustainability initiatives and future legislative and regulatory measures both globally and in specific geographic regions; the potential for a resurgence of a pandemic in a given geographic area and related disruptions; the price and price volatility of, and demand for, oil and natural gas; the macroeconomic outlook for the oil and gas industry; our ability to generate cash flow from operations to fund our operations; our ability to effectively and timely adapt our technology portfolio, products and services to remain competitive, and to address and participate in changes to the market demands, including for the transition to alternate sources of energy such as geothermal, carbon capture and responsible abandonment, including our digitalization efforts, increases in the prices and lead times, and the lack of availability of our procured products and services, including due to macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions such as tariffs and changes in trade policies, our ability to timely collect from customers; our ability to effectively execute our capital allocation framework; our ability to return capital to shareholders, including those related to the timing and amounts (including any plans or commitments in respect thereof) of any dividends and share repurchases; and the realization of additional cost savings and operational efficiencies.

    These risks and uncertainties are more fully described in Weatherford’s reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to correct or update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law, and we caution you not to rely on them unduly.

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Revenues:                    
    DRE Revenues   $              335     $                 350     $              427     $            685     $            849  
    WCC Revenues                    456                          441                      504                     897                    962  
    PRI Revenues                    327                          334                      369                     661                    717  
    All Other                       86                            68                      105                     154                    235  
    Total Revenues                 1,204                      1,193                   1,405                 2,397                 2,763  
                         
    Operating Income:                    
    DRE Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]   $                69     $                    74     $              130     $            143     $            260  
    WCC Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]                    118                          128                      145                     246                    265  
    PRI Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]                       63                            62                        85                     125                    158  
    All Other[2]                       19                              4                        23                       23                       50  
    Corporate[2]                     (15 )                        (15 )                    (18 )                   (30 )                   (32 )
    Depreciation and Amortization                     (64 )                        (62 )                    (86 )                 (126 )                (171 )
    Share-based Compensation                       (9 )                          (7 )                    (12 )                   (16 )                   (25 )
    Gain on Sale of Business                       70                            —                        —                       70                       —  
    Restructuring Charges                     (11 )                        (29 )                       (5 )                   (40 )                     (8 )
    Other (Charges) Credits                       (3 )                        (13 )                        2                     (16 )                     —  
    Operating Income                    237                          142                      264                     379                    497  
                         
    Other Expense:                    
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $14, $11,
    $17, $25 and $31
                        (21 )                        (26 )                    (24 )                   (47 )                   (53 )
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities                       (1 )                          —                      (10 )                     (1 )                   (10 )
    Other Expense, Net                     (24 )                        (20 )                    (20 )                   (44 )                 (42 )
    Income Before Income Taxes                    191                            96                      210                     287                    392  
    Income Tax Provision                     (46 )                        (10 )                    (73 )                   (56 )                (132 )
    Net Income                    145                            86                      137                     231                    260  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests                         9                            10                        12                       19                       23  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $              136     $                    76     $              125     $            212     $            237  
                         
    Basic Income Per Share   $             1.87     $                1.04     $             1.71     $           2.91     $           3.25  
    Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding                   72.2                         73.1                     73.2                    72.7                   73.1  
                         
    Diluted Income Per Share   $             1.87     $                1.03     $             1.66     $           2.90     $           3.16  
    Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding                   72.4                         73.4                     75.3       72.9       75.0  
    [1] Segment adjusted EBITDA is our primary measure of segment profitability under U.S. GAAP ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” and represents segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation, restructuring charges and other adjustments. Research and development expenses are included in segment adjusted EBITDA.
    [2] All Other includes results from non-core business activities (including integrated services and projects), and Corporate includes overhead support and centrally managed or shared facilities costs. All Other and Corporate do not individually meet the criteria for segment reporting.
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
           
    ($ in Millions) June 30, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets:      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $                              943   $                                 916
    Restricted Cash                                     60                                         59
    Accounts Receivable, Net                               1,177                                    1,261
    Inventories, Net                                  881                                       880
    Property, Plant and Equipment, Net                               1,136                                    1,061
    Intangibles, Net                                  305                                       325
           
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts Payable                                  685                                       792
    Accrued Salaries and Benefits                                  252                                       302
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt                                     26                                         17
    Long-term Debt                               1,565                                    1,617
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity                               1,519                                    1,283
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Cash Flows Information (Unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    ($ in Millions)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                    
    Net Income   $             145     $                    86     $             137     $             231     $             260  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
    Provided By Operating Activities:
                       
    Depreciation and Amortization                      64                             62                        86                      126                      171  
    Foreign Exchange Losses                      17                             13                          8                        30                        23  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities                        1                             —                        10                          1                        10  
    Gain on Disposition of Assets                      (3 )                           (1 )                    (25 )                      (4 )                    (32 )
    Gain on Sale of Business                    (70 )                           —                        —                      (70 )                      —   
    Deferred Income Tax Provision (Benefit)                      (5 )                             7                        13                          2                        27  
    Share-Based Compensation                        9                               7                        12                        16                        25  
    Changes in Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Accounts
    Payable and Accrued Salaries and Benefits
                       (22 )                         (17 )                    (22 )                    (39 )                  (174 )
    Other Changes, Net                      (8 )                         (15 )                    (69 )                    (23 )                    (29 )
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities                    128                          142                      150                      270                      281  
                         
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                    
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment                    (54 )                         (77 )                    (62 )                  (131 )                  (121 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets                        5                               1                          8                          6                        18  
    Proceeds from Sale of Businesses                      97                             —                        —                        97                        —   
    Purchases of Blue Chip Swap Securities                    (83 )                           —                      (50 )                    (83 )                    (50 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Blue Chip Swap Securities                      82                             —                        40                        82                        40  
    Business Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired                      —                             —                        —                        —                       (36 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Investments                      —                             —                        —                        —                         41  
    Other Investing Activities                      (4 )                           (3 )                        3                        (7 )                      (7 )
    Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Investing Activities                      43                           (79 )                    (61 )                    (36 )                  (115 )
                         
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                    
    Repayments of Long-term Debt                    (34 )                         (39 )                    (87 )                    (73 )                  (259 )
       Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests                      (8 )                           —                        (9 )                      (8 )                      (9 )
    Tax Remittance on Equity Awards                      —                           (20 )                      (1 )                    (20 )                      (9 )
    Share Repurchases                    (34 )                         (53 )                      —                      (87 )                      —   
    Dividends Paid                    (18 )                         (18 )                      —                      (36 )                      —   
    Other Financing Activities                      (3 )                           (3 )                      (5 )                      (6 )                    (12 )
    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities   $              (97 )   $                (133 )   $           (102 )   $           (230 )   $           (289 )
    Weatherford International plc
    Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined (Unaudited)

    We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). However, Weatherford’s management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under the SEC’s Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K) may provide users of this financial information additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results of prior periods and comparisons with peer companies. The non-GAAP amounts shown in the following tables should not be considered as substitutes for results reported in accordance with GAAP but should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA* – Adjusted EBITDA* is a non-GAAP measure and represents consolidated income before interest expense, net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and excludes, among other items, restructuring charges, share-based compensation expense, as well as other charges and credits. Management believes adjusted EBITDA* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA margin* – Adjusted EBITDA margin* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing consolidated adjusted EBITDA* by consolidated revenues. Management believes adjusted EBITDA margin* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA margin* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income margin and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted Free Cash Flow* – Adjusted Free Cash Flow* is a non-GAAP measure and represents cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, less capital expenditures plus proceeds from the disposition of assets. Management believes adjusted free cash flow* is useful to understand our performance at generating cash and demonstrates our discipline around the use of cash. Adjusted free cash flow* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for cash flows provided by operating activities and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Net Debt* – Net Debt* is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated taking short and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Management believes the net debt* is useful to assess the level of debt in excess of cash and cash and equivalents as we monitor our ability to repay and service our debt. Net debt* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for overall debt and total cash and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s results prepared in accordance with GAAP.​

    Net Leverage* – Net Leverage* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing by taking net debt* divided by adjusted EBITDA* for the trailing 12 months. Management believes the net leverage* is useful to understand our ability to repay and service our debt. Net leverage* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for the individual components of above defined net debt* divided by consolidated net income attributable to Weatherford and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    *Non-GAAP – as defined above and reconciled to the GAAP measures in the section titled GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled (Unaudited)
     
                         
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Margin in Percentages)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
    Revenues   $         1,204     $          1,193     $         1,405     $      2,397     $      2,763  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $            136     $                76     $            125     $         212     $         237  
    Net Income Margin     11.3 %     6.4 %     8.9 %     8.8 %     8.6 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $            254     $              253     $            365     $         507     $         701  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin*     21.1 %     21.2 %     26.0 %     21.2 %     25.4 %
                         
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $            136     $                76     $            125     $         212     $         237  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests                       9                        10                       12                    19                    23  
    Income Tax Provision                     46                        10                       73                    56                 132  
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $14, $11,
    $17, $25 and $31
                        21                        26                       24                    47                    53  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities                       1                        —                       10                      1                    10  
    Other Expense, Net                     24                        20                       20                    44                    42  
    Operating Income                  237                      142                    264                 379                 497  
    Depreciation and Amortization                     64                        62                       86                 126                 171  
    Other Charges (Credits)[1]                       3                        13                       (2 )                  16                    —  
    Gain on Sale of Business                   (70 )                      —                       —                  (70 )                  —  
    Restructuring Charges                     11                        29                         5                    40                      8  
    Share-Based Compensation                       9                          7                       12                    16                    25  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $            254     $              253     $            365     $         507     $         701  
                         
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   $            128     $              142     $            150     $         270     $         281  
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and
    Equipment
                      (54 )                    (77 )                   (62 )             (131 )             (121 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets                       5                          1                         8                      6                    18  
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow*   $              79     $                66     $              96     $         145     $         178  
    [1] Other Charges (Credits) in the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 primarily includes fees to third-party financial institutions related to collections of certain receivables from our largest customer in Mexico and other miscellaneous charges and credits.

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled Continued (Unaudited)
     
                   
         
    ($ in Millions)   June 30,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      June 30,
    2024
     
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $                   26   $                    22   $                   20  
    Long-term Debt                    1,565                    1,583                    1,628  
    Total Debt   $              1,591   $              1,605   $              1,648  
                   
    Cash and Cash Equivalents   $                 943   $                 873   $                 862  
    Restricted Cash                          60                          57                          58  
    Total Cash   $              1,003   $                 930   $                 920  
                   
    Components of Net Debt              
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $                   26   $                    22   $                   20  
    Long-term Debt                    1,565                    1,583                    1,628  
    Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents                       943                        873                       862  
    Less: Restricted Cash                          60                          57                          58  
    Net Debt*   $                 588   $                 675   $                 728  
                   
    Net Income for trailing 12 months   $                 481   $                 470   $                 500  
    Adjusted EBITDA* for trailing 12 months   $              1,188   $              1,299   $              1,327  
                   
    Net Leverage* (Net Debt*/Adjusted EBITDA*)                      0.49 x                     0.52 x                    0.55 x


    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ellomay Capital Announces the Acquisition of 15% of Dorad Energy’s Shares by Ellomay Luzon Energy, Increasing Ellomay Luzon Energy’s Holdings in Dorad to 33.75%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Tel-Aviv, Israel, July 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ellomay Capital Ltd. (NYSE American; TASE: ELLO) (“Ellomay” or the “Company”), a renewable energy and power generator and developer of renewable energy and power projects in Europe, the USA and Israel, announced that on July 22, 2025, Ellomay Luzon Energy Infrastructures Ltd. (“Ellomay Luzon Energy”), an Israeli private company 50% held indirectly by the Company, completed the acquisition of 15% of the outstanding shares of Dorad Energy Ltd. (“Dorad”). As a result of the acquisition, Ellomay Luzon Energy holds 33.75% of Dorad’s outstanding shares.  

    Ellomay Luzon Energy acquired 15% of Dorad’s outstanding shares by exercising the right of first refusal granted to Ellomay Luzon Energy and other Dorad shareholders in connection with a sale of the shares by Zorlu Enerji Elektrik Üretim A.S (“Zorlu”), a former Dorad shareholder. In connection with the right of first refusal process, Ellomay Luzon Energy and Edelcom Ltd. (“Edelcom”), each executed an agreement to purchase 7.5% of Dorad’s shares. As not all the conditions to closing of the sale of 7.5% of Dorad’s shares to Edelcom were fulfilled, Edelcom’s agreement was terminated and Ellomay Luzon Energy, who did succeed in fulfilling all of the conditions to closing, acquired 15% of Dorad’s shares.

    The consideration for the shares was approximately NIS 424 million (approximately €108 million), and was funded by bank financing (the “Loan Agreement”) provided to Ellomay Luzon Energy consisting of three tranches as follows: (i) a loan in the amount of NIS 175 million (approximately €45 million), bearing annual interest in the range of +0.5% to -0.5% of the Israeli Prime Rate (the “First Loan”), (ii) a loan in the amount of NIS 175 million (approximately €45 million), bearing fixed annual interest rate between 5% and 6% (the “Second Loan”), and (iii) a loan in the amount of NIS 70 million (approximately €18 million), bearing annual interest rate in the range of +0.5% to -0.5% of the Israeli Prime Rate (the “Third Loan”).

    The First Loan is repayable in four semi-annual payments commencing December 31, 2031 and ending on June 30, 2033, and the interest on the First Loan is payable in semi-annual payments commencing December 31, 2025 and ending on the final repayment of the First Loan. The Second Loan is repayable in sixteen semi-annual payments commencing December 31, 2025 and ending on June 30, 2033, and the interest on the Second Loan is payable in semi-annual payment commencing December 31, 2025 and ending on the final repayment of the Second Loan. The Third Loan is repayable in one payment on December 31, 2025, unless the conditions set forth in the Loan Agreement will not be met, which will enable Ellomay Luzon Energy to ask for an extension until December 31, 2026. The interest on the Third Loan is payable on December 31, 2025 and, to the extent an extension is requested, in semi-annual payments thereafter until the final repayment of the Third Loan.

    In connection with the Loan Agreement, Ellomay Luzon Energy granted the lender a first ranking fixed pledge on its rights in connection with an account with the lender (the “Pledged Account”), in which all amounts due to Ellomay Luzon Energy from Dorad will be deposited. The Loan Agreement provides that when any dividend is received from Dorad: (i) Ellomay Luzon Energy will leave in the Pledged Account the amount required for the next payment to the lender, (ii) to the extent the amount received during a calendar year exceeds NIS 65 million, then Ellomay Luzon Energy will make an early repayment of the First Loan and thereafter the Third Loan in the amount of 50% of the difference between the amount of receipts in the calendar year and NIS 65 million by no later than June 30 of the following year (pro rata over all future payments), and (iii) with respect to any amount in excess of the amounts required as stated in paragraphs (i) and (ii) – Ellomay Luzon Energy is entitled to use the funds deposited in the Pledged Account for any need, subject to the provisions of the law and the agreements with the lender. The Loan Agreement provides that the First and Third Loans may be prepaid without an early repayment fee and the Second Loan may be prepaid subject to payment of fees as generally acceptable in the lender.

    The Loan Agreement includes customary immediate repayment provisions, including in the event of a breach of an undertaking by Ellomay Luzon Energy, a deterioration in Ellomay Luzon Energy’s financial situation and the initiation of legal proceedings in connection with the Dorad shares held by Ellomay Luzon Energy. The Loan Agreement includes additional undertakings by Ellomay Luzon Energy, including not to amend the Ellomay Luzon Energy shareholders’ agreement without the lender’s prior written consent and the execution of an undertaking not to operate outside its current field of operations; not to assume financial obligations and not to provide financing to a third party; not to sell and/or transfer and/or deliver and/or lease and/or rent any Asset and/or any right of its rights, as well as a negative pledge on any Asset (as this term is defined below) and/or part of the its Assets, without the lender’s prior written consent, other than a pledge on its shares of Dorad in favor of the lenders of Dorad. The undertaking defines an “Asset” as any asset and right of Ellomay Luzon Energy, including the shares of Dorad held by it and other rights of any kind, including its unissued share capital and goodwill.

    On July 20, 2025, Edelcom filed a request with the Tel Aviv-Jaffa District Court (the “Court”) for injunctions and temporary injunctions, ex parte, aimed at preventing the receipt of approval from the Dorad board of directors and Dorad’s shareholders for the sale of 7.5% of Dorad’s shares to any third party other than Edelcom and preventing such a sale. The Court, in its decision date July 20, 2025, rejected the request for ex parte relief and directed Edelcom to update the Court on the decisions of Dorad’s board of directors and shareholders by July 22, 2025, and, to the extent that the request for interim relief is still relevant, to file a main proceeding by July 27, 2025, further noting that the respondents (among them, inter alia: Dorad, Ellomay Luzon Energy and Zorlu), will prepare to respond to the request for interim relief by July 30, 2025. The Court’s decision further noted that if future actions will be approved by Dorad based on a transfer of shares if it occurs (and this, as stated, without the Court preventing it), whereby the increased power of the respondents as shareholders is used for the purpose of changes in Dorad’s board of directors, or the transfer of the shares to third parties, as Edelcom noted that it fears, and to the extent that the respondents will try to take such actions or other irrevocable action, Edelcom will be notified seven days in advance, in a manner that will allow it time to act and the Court to give appropriate instructions. A hearing is scheduled for August 6, 2025.

    About Ellomay Capital Ltd.

    Ellomay is an Israeli based company whose shares are registered with the NYSE American and with the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “ELLO”. Since 2009, Ellomay focuses its business in the renewable energy and power sectors in Europe, the USA and Israel.

    To date, Ellomay has evaluated numerous opportunities and invested significant funds in the renewable, clean energy and natural resources industries in Israel, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands and Texas, USA, including:

    • Approximately 335.9 MW of operating solar power plants in Spain (including a 300 MW solar plant in owned by Talasol, which is 51% owned by the Company) and 51% of approximately 38 MW of operating solar power plants in Italy;
    • 9.375% indirect interest in Dorad Energy Ltd., which owns and operates one of Israel’s largest private power plants with production capacity of approximately 850MW, representing about 6%-8% of Israel’s total current electricity consumption;
    • Groen Gas Goor B.V., Groen Gas Oude-Tonge B.V. and Groen Gas Gelderland B.V., project companies operating anaerobic digestion plants in the Netherlands, with a green gas production capacity of approximately 3 million, 3.8 million and 9.5 million Nm3 per year, respectively;
    • 83.333% of Ellomay Pumped Storage (2014) Ltd., which is involved in a project to construct a 156 MW pumped storage hydro power plant in the Manara Cliff, Israel;
    • 51% of solar projects in Italy with an aggregate capacity of 160 MW that commenced construction processes;
    • Solar projects in Italy with an aggregate capacity of 134 MW that have reached “ready to build” status; and
    • Solar projects in the Dallas Metropolitan area, Texas, USA with an aggregate capacity of approximately 27 MW that are connected to the grid and additional 22 MW that are awaiting connection to the grid.

    For more information about Ellomay, visit http://www.ellomay.com.

    Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties, including statements that are based on the current expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this press release regarding the Company’s plans and objectives, expectations and assumptions of management are forward-looking statements. The use of certain words, including the words “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “believe” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Company may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on the Company’s forward-looking statements. Various important factors could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those that may be expressed or implied by the Company’s forward-looking statements, including potential outcome of current and future litigation in connection with Dorad’s shares held by Ellomay Luzon Energy, changes in electricity prices and demand, regulatory changes increases in interest rates and inflation, changes in the supply and prices of resources required for the operation of the Company’s facilities (such as waste and natural gas) and in the price of oil, the impact of the war and hostilities in Israel and Gaza and between Israel and Iran, the impact of the continued military conflict between Russia and Ukraine, technical and other disruptions in the operations or construction of the power plants owned by the Company, inability to obtain the financing required for the development and construction of projects, inability to advance the expansion of Dorad, increases in interest rates and inflation, changes in exchange rates, delays in development, construction, or commencement of operation of the projects under development, failure to obtain permits – whether within the set time frame or at all, climate change, and general market, political and economic conditions in the countries in which the Company operates, including Israel, Spain, Italy and the United States. and general market, political and economic conditions in the countries in which the Company operates, including Israel, Spain, Italy and the United States. These and other risks and uncertainties associated with the Company’s business are described in greater detail in the filings the Company makes from time to time with Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 20-F. The forward-looking statements are made as of this date and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Contact:
    Kalia Rubenbach (Weintraub)
    CFO
    Tel: +972 (3) 797-1111
    Email: hilai@ellomay.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Deputy Secretary-General’s remarks at the Joint ECOSOC and UN-Habitat High-Level Dialogue on Adequate Housing for all [as prepared for delivery]

    Source: United Nations secretary general

    Honourable Patty Hadju, Minister of Jobs and Families of Canada. 
    His Excellency, Bob Rae, President of ECOSOC
    Her Excellency Beatrice Karago, Deputy Permanent Representative of The Republic of Kenya to UN-Habitat
    Excellencies,
    Ladies and gentlemen,
    It is a privilege to join you today for this important dialogue.
    I thank the President of ECOSOC and UN-Habitat for convening us at such a critical moment.
    Let me begin with a simple question: What did it take for us to be here today?
    We woke up somewhere safe.
    We had an address where documents could reach us, where our families knew to find us.
    We had a place to eat a meal, charge our phones, and prepare for this day.
    For almost three billion people on our planet, none of that is guaranteed.
    This is why today’s dialogue – at this critical moment during the High-Level Political Forum – matters so urgently.
    Housing is not simply about a roof over one’s head.
    It is a fundamental human right and the foundation upon which peace itself rests.
    Sustainable development and sustainable peace are inseparable.
    Today, in an increasingly urbanized world, almost three billion people still live in inadequate conditions, in informal settlements, overcrowded housing, or with no shelter at all.
    Among them are more than 120 million refugees and internally displaced persons – families torn from their homes by conflict, persecution, and violence.
    When homes are destroyed, when families are forced to flee, when communities are uprooted, we witness how housing becomes both a casualty and weapon of war.
    In Gaza, in Ukraine, in Sudan, in Yemen, in Myanmar, and beyond, we have seen this time and again.
    There is no safe housing in rubble, and without shelter, we lose the very basis of social cohesion and stability that makes peace possible.
    This crisis touches every Sustainable Development Goal we’ve committed to achieving by 2030.
    We often say that home is where the heart is.
    Our work on housing sits at the very heart of the Sustainable Development Goals, and when we secure adequate housing for all, we nurture the conditions where every other goal can flourish.
    We know that when people have access to safe, adequate, and affordable housing, children perform better in school.
    Workers are more productive.
    Health outcomes improve dramatically.
    Decent work becomes accessible.
    Communities become more resilient to the forces that fuel conflict and division.
    And while adequate housing cannot eliminate gender-based violence within the home, it reduces women and girls’ exposure to violence in public spaces.
    So, the reality is that the ambition of the 2030 Agenda to leave no one behind begins with something as fundamental as a safe place to call home.
    By 2030, 60% of the world’s population will live in cities, rising to nearly 70% by 2050.
    We have the tools and the commitment to grow cities, not slums—guided by the New Urban Agenda’ call for planned, inclusive urbanization that ensures housing, services, and dignity for all.
    Success or failure to deliver on our commitments will depend on our ability to act urgently and work together.
    At the Financing for Development Forum, Member States rightly called for bold reforms and investments to strengthen the social contract. That must include housing, not as a standalone project, but as a driver of inclusive development.
    The Pact for the Future reaffirmed the 2030 Agenda and gave us a mandate to make multilateralism deliver in the lives of people, in the neighbourhoods where they live.
    It also gave us a mandate to prevent conflict and sustain peace – and housing sits at the intersection of both.
    Later this year, the Second World Social Summit offers us an opportunity to reaffirm that housing is critical for social protection, decent work, access to services, and essential to building a just and cohesive society.
    It is also an opportunity to recognize housing as a pillar of conflict prevention and peacebuilding.
    As Chair of the UN Sustainable Development Group, I see how country teams are working every day with governments, civil society and local and regional governments to advance these goals.
    But we need to do more.
    Concretely, that means aligning political commitment and financing with the urgency and scale of the challenge.
    It means investing in adequate housing, not just as development infrastructure, but peace infrastructure.  
    We also need to bring to the centre those who are too often pushed to the margins: women, young people, older persons, persons with disabilities, Indigenous Peoples, displaced populations, and people living in homelessness.
    Their voices and experiences must inform the policies and solutions because they know what works, what’s missing, and they can inform the solutions we need to scale.
    They also know intimately the connections between displacement, insecurity, and conflict.
    Their involvement is the best measure of our commitment to equity, dignity, and human rights.

    Ladies and gentlemen,
    The first place where opportunity begins or where it is denied is not an office building or a school – it’s a home.
    Together, let’s deliver not only shelter, but lasting solutions that offer security and a path to prosperity.
    Not only four walls and a roof, but the opportunity to live in dignity.
    Thank you.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Amid ‘Horror Show in Gaza’, Humanitarian System Denied Space to Deliver, Multilateral Problem-Solving Needed More than Ever, Secretary-General Tells Security Council

    Source: United Nations General Assembly and Security Council

    Following are UN Secretary-General António Guterres’ remarks to the Security Council on multilateralism and peaceful settlement of disputes, in New York today:

    I want to thank Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar and Pakistan for convening today’s open debate.  The topic of today’s debate shines a light on the clear connection between international peace and multilateralism.

    Eighty years ago, the United Nations was founded with a primary purpose — to safeguard humanity from the scourge of war.  The architects of the United Nations Charter recognized that the peaceful resolution of disputes is the lifeline when geopolitical tensions escalate, when unresolved disputes fuel the flames of conflict and when States lose trust in each other.

    The Charter lays out a number of important tools to forge peace.  Article 2.3 of the UN Charter is clear:  “All Members shall settle their international disputes by peaceful means in such a manner that international peace and security, and justice, are not endangered.”

    Chapter VI of the Charter is equally clear on the specific responsibilities of this Council to help ensure the pacific settlement of disputes “by negotiation, enquiry, mediation, conciliation, arbitration, judicial settlement, resort to regional agencies or arrangements, or other peaceful means of their own choice”.  Action 16 of the Pact of the Future calls on Member States to recommit to all the mechanisms of preventive diplomacy and the peaceful settlement of disputes.

    I commend Pakistan for utilizing its presidency to put forward a resolution urging all Member States to make full use of these tools in our collective pursuit of global peace.  This is needed now more than ever.

    Around the world, we see an utter disregard for — if not outright violations of — international law — including international human rights law, international refugee law, international humanitarian law and the UN Charter itself, without any accountability.

    These failures to uphold international obligations are coming at a time of widening geopolitical divides and conflicts.  And the cost is staggering — measured in human lives, shattered communities, and lost futures.

    We need look no further than the horror show in Gaza — with a level of death and destruction without parallel in recent times.  Malnourishment is soaring.  Starvation is knocking on every door.

    And now we are seeing the last gasp of a humanitarian system built on humanitarian principles.  That system is being denied the conditions to function.  Denied the space to deliver.  Denied the safety to save lives.  With Israeli military operations intensifying and new displacement orders issued in Deir al-Balah, devastation is being layered upon devastation.

    I am appalled that UN premises have been struck — among them facilities of the UN Office for Project Services and the World Health Organization (WHO), including WHO’s main warehouse.  This is despite all parties having been informed of the locations of these UN facilities.  These premises are inviolable and must be protected under international humanitarian law — without exception.

    From Gaza to Ukraine, from the Sahel to Sudan, Haiti and Myanmar, and many other parts of the world, conflict is raging, international law is being trampled, and hunger and displacement are at record levels.  And terrorism, violent extremism and transnational crime remain persistent scourges pushing security further out of reach.

    Diplomacy may not have always succeeded in preventing conflicts, violence and instability.  But it still holds the power to stop them.  Peace is a choice.  And the world expects the UN Security Council to help countries make this choice.  This Council is at the centre of the global architecture for peace and security.  Its creation reflected a central truth.

    Competition between States is a geopolitical reality.  But cooperation — anchored in shared interests and the greater good — is the sustainable pathway to peace.  Too often, we see divisions, entrenched positions and escalatory discourse blocking solutions and the effectiveness of the Council.

    But we have also seen some inspiring examples of finding common ground and forging solutions to global problems.

    For example, today marks three years since the signing of the Black Sea Initiative and the Memorandum of Understanding with the Russian Federation — efforts that show what we can achieve through mediation and the good offices of the United Nations, even during the most challenging moments.

    And we’ve seen many other recent examples.

    From the Sevilla Conference on Financing for Development, to the Oceans Conference in Nice, to the Agreement on Marine Biological Diversity of Areas Beyond National Jurisdiction and the Cybercrime Treaty, to the Pact for the Future adopted last year.

    The Pact, in particular, demonstrates a clear re-commitment by the world to strengthen the United Nations collective security system.  Drawing from the New Agenda for Peace, it prioritizes preventive diplomacy and mediation — all areas where this Council can play a vital role.

    As we look to the theme of today’s debate, I see three areas where we can live up to the Pact’s call to renew our commitment to — and the world’s faith in — the multilateral problem-solving architecture.

    First — this Council’s members, in particular its permanent members, must continue working to overcome divisions.  The majority of situations on the Security Council’s agenda are complex and resist quick fixes.

    But even in the darkest days of the cold war, the collective dialogue and decision-making in this Council underpinned a common and effective system of global security.  One that successfully deployed a range of peacekeeping missions.  One that opened the door for vital humanitarian aid to flow to people in need.  And one that helped prevent a third World War.

    I urge you to summon this same spirit by keeping channels open, continuing to listen in good faith, and working to overcome differences and building consensus.

    We must also work to ensure that this Council reflects the world of today, not the world of 80 years ago.  This Council should be made more representative of today’s geopolitical realities.  And we must continue improving the working methods of this Council to make it more inclusive, transparent, efficient and accountable.  I urge you to continue building consensus to move the intergovernmental negotiations forward.

    Second — this Council must continue strengthening cooperation with regional and subregional partners.  The landmark adoption of Security Council resolution 2719 supporting African Union-led peace support operations through assessed contributions is a good example of how we can join efforts with regional organizations to support more effective responses.

    I also commend this Council’s steps to strengthen and rebuild regional security frameworks to encourage dialogue and advance the peaceful settlement of disputes.

    And third — Member States must honour their obligations under international law, including the UN Charter, international human rights law and international humanitarian law.

    The Pact for the Future calls on all Member States to live up to their commitments in the UN Charter, and the principles of respect for sovereignty, territorial integrity and the political independence of States.

    All grounded in international law, and a commitment to prioritizing prevention of conflict and the peaceful settlement of disputes through dialogue and diplomacy.  The Pact also recognized the critical contribution of the International Court of Justice, which celebrates its eightieth anniversary next year.

    As we mark the eightieth anniversary of our Organization and the Charter that gave it life and shape, we need to renew our commitment to the multilateral spirit of peace through diplomacy.  I look forward to working with you in this important effort, to achieve the international peace and security the people of the world need and deserve.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: ‘Peace is a choice’: UN chief urges diplomacy as wars spread from Gaza to Ukraine

    Source: United Nations 2

    This is the only sustainable path to global security, he told ministers at a high-level open debate of the Security Council on Tuesday.

    The Secretary-General emphasised that the UN Charter’s tools – negotiation, mediation, conciliation, arbitration and more – remain a lifeline when tensions escalate, grievances fester and states lose trust in each other.

    These tools are needed now more than ever, he stressed, as conflicts rage and international law is violated with impunity.

    The cost is staggering – measured in human lives, shattered communities and lost futures. We need look no further than the horror show in Gaza – with a level of death and destruction without parallel in recent times.”

    The risk of starvation looms and aid operations are being denied the space and safety to function. UN premises, such as the UN Office for Project Services (UNOPS) and the World Health Organization (WHO)’s main warehouse, have been hit despite parties being notified of their locations.

    “These premises are inviolable and must be protected under international humanitarian law – without exception,” Mr. Guterres reiterated.

    Peace is a choice – make it

    From Gaza to Ukraine, from the Sahel to Sudan, Haiti and Myanmar, “conflict is raging, international law is being trampled, and hunger and displacement are at record levels,” he continued, adding that terrorism, violent extremism and transnational crime also remain “persistent scourges” pushing security further out of reach.

    Peace is a choice. And the world expects the Security Council to help countries make this choice.

    Mr. Guterres pointed to the UN Charter’s bedrock obligation in Article 2.3 that “all Members shall settle their international disputes by peaceful means”, and to Chapter VI, which empowers the Security Council to support “negotiation, enquiry, mediation, conciliation, arbitration, judicial settlement, resort to regional agencies or arrangements, or other peaceful means of their own choice.”

    Action 16 of last year’s Pact for the Future urges states to recommit to preventive diplomacy, he said, commending Pakistan – the Council President for July – for tabling a resolution encouraging fuller use of those tools, which was adopted unanimously at the meeting.

    UN Photo/Manuel Elías

    Secretary-General António Guterres addresses the Security Council high-level open debate.

    P5 must overcome divisions

    Security Council members – “in particular its permanent members” – must overcome divisions, the Secretary-General said, reminding them that even during the Cold War, Council dialogue underpinned peacekeeping missions and humanitarian access, and helped prevent a third world war.

    He urged members to keep channels open, build consensus and make the body “more representative” of today’s geopolitical realities with more inclusive, transparent and accountable working methods.

    Mr. Guterres also urged deeper cooperation with regional and subregional organizations.

    Mediation can work even amid war, he said, noting the third anniversary of the Black Sea Initiative and a related memorandum with Russia that enabled grain movements during the conflict in Ukraine.

    Renew commitment to multilateralism

    States must honour their obligations under the Charter; international human rights, refugee and humanitarian law, and the principles of sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence, Mr. Guterres said.

    As we mark the 80th anniversary of our Organization and the Charter that gave it life and shape, we need to renew our commitment to the multilateral spirit of peace through diplomacy,” he said.

    I look forward to working with you to achieve the international peace and security the people of the world need and deserve.

    Security Council open debate

    A signature event of the Pakistani presidency, Tuesday’s open debate was chaired by Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Mohammad Ishaq Dar.

    The session aimed to assess the effectiveness of existing mechanisms for pacific dispute settlement, examine best practices and explore new strategies for tackling protracted conflicts.

    It also sought to enhance cooperation with regional organizations, boost capacity-building and resource mobilisation, and align future efforts with the conflict-prevention vision outlined in the Pact for the Future.

    MIL OSI United Nations News